summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-02-04 06:52:46 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-02-04 06:52:46 -0800
commit4648f5011b6a42a5e219ab7f7ca283ab80ce05bd (patch)
treefeccb7dd61d3e9bdd3c6f1fdc9a0124bb7916b96
parentcfef11c5bcd9f44bda0925c49acb1c43e022c259 (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/63278-0.txt3429
-rw-r--r--old/63278-0.zipbin64817 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h.zipbin4054652 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/63278-h.htm4599
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/cover.jpgbin255448 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/decoration.jpgbin65801 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i001.jpgbin239601 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i016.jpgbin246698 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i029.jpgbin191723 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i031.jpgbin245143 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i042.jpgbin254251 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i045.jpgbin244745 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i050.jpgbin247550 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i052.jpgbin249482 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i056.jpgbin253813 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i062.jpgbin245773 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i078.jpgbin254973 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i096.jpgbin253521 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i111.jpgbin253400 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i114.jpgbin253753 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/i118.jpgbin255618 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/63278-h/images/publogo.jpgbin3118 -> 0 bytes
25 files changed, 17 insertions, 8028 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6ffee6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #63278 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/63278)
diff --git a/old/63278-0.txt b/old/63278-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bb1832..0000000
--- a/old/63278-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3429 +0,0 @@
-Project Gutenberg's Stories Pictures Tell Book 8, by Flora Carpenter
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Stories Pictures Tell Book 8
-
-Author: Flora Carpenter
-
-Release Date: September 23, 2020 [EBook #63278]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL BOOK 8 ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by David Garcia, Larry B. Harrison, Barry
-Abrahamsen, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
-at https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images
-made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- STORIES PICTURES TELL
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- [Illustration: Decoration]
-
- STORIES
- PICTURES TELL
-
- BOOK EIGHT
-
-
-
-
-
- By
- FLORA L. CARPENTER
-
- Instructor in drawing at Waite High School, Toledo, Ohio
- Formerly supervisor of drawing, Bloomington, Illinois
-
-
-
- Illustrated with Half Tones from
- Original Photographs
-
-
-
-
- RAND McNALLY & COMPANY
- CHICAGO NEW YORK
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- Copyright, 1918
- BY RAND MCNALLY & CO.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- THE CONTENTS
-
-
- SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER
-
- PAGE
-
- “The Death of General West 1
- Wolfe”
-
- “Portrait of the Artist’s Whistler 16
- Mother”
-
-
- NOVEMBER, DECEMBER, AND JANUARY
-
-
- Mural Decorations and 27
- Fresco
-
- “The Frieze of the Sargent 29
- Prophets”
-
- “The Holy Grail” Abbey 57
-
-
- FEBRUARY AND MARCH
-
-
- “The Wolf Charmer” La Farge 79
- American Illustrators 92
- “Evangeline” Taylor 97
-
-
- APRIL, MAY, AND JUNE
-
-
- Cartoons and Caricatures 108
-
- Engravings, Etchings, and 120
- Prints
-
- Lithography 123
-
- Review of Pictures and
- Artists Studied
-
- The Suggestions to 125
- Teachers
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- THE PREFACE
-
-
-Art supervisors in the public schools assign picture-study work in each
-grade, recommending the study of certain pictures by well-known masters.
-As Supervisor of Drawing I found that the children enjoyed this work but
-that the teachers felt incompetent to conduct the lessons as they lacked
-time to look up the subject and to gather adequate material. Recourse to
-a great many books was necessary and often while much information could
-usually be found about the artist, very little was available about his
-pictures.
-
-Hence I began collecting information about the pictures and preparing
-the lessons for the teachers just as I would give them myself to pupils
-of their grade.
-
-My plan does not include many pictures during the year, as this is to be
-only a part of the art work and is not intended to take the place of
-drawing.
-
-The lessons in this grade may be used for the usual drawing period of
-from twenty to thirty minutes, and have been successfully given in that
-time. However, the most satisfactory way of using the books is as
-supplementary readers, thus permitting each child to study the pictures
-and read the stories himself.
-
- FLORA L. CARPENTER
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- STORIES
- PICTURES TELL
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
- THE DEATH OF GENERAL WOLFE
-
-
-=Questions to arouse interest.= What is represented in this picture?
-What have these men been doing? What makes you think so? Why have they
-stopped? What can you see in the distance? Do you think the soldier
-running toward the group in the foreground is the bearer of good or bad
-news? What makes you think so? How many of you can tell what battle has
-just been fought, or something about General Wolfe?
-
-
- =Original Picture=: Grosvenor House, London, England.
- =Artist=: Benjamin West.
- =Birthplace=: Springfield, Pennsylvania.
- =Dates=: Born, 1738; died, 1820
-
-
-=The story of the picture.= It is little wonder that the artist,
-Benjamin West, who overcame so many obstacles to follow his chosen
-calling, should admire a man like General Wolfe, who also had a great
-many difficulties to overcome. Each was born with an overwhelming
-desire,—the one to be a great artist; the other to be a great soldier.
-Both achieved their desire through their own earnest and praiseworthy
-effort. Perhaps the greatest difficulty James Wolfe had to contend with
-was his poor constitution and constant ill health. He could scarcely
-endure the long marches by land or voyages by sea—yet he would shirk
-neither. Duty to his country was always first.
-
-He was only sixteen years old when he took part in his first campaign.
-Abbé H. R. Casgrain tells us: “He was then a tall but thin young man,
-apparently weak for the trials of war. Moreover, he was decidedly ugly,
-with red hair and a receding forehead and chin, which made his profile
-seem to be an obtuse angle, with the point at the end of his nose. His
-pale, transparent skin was easily flushed, and became fiery red when he
-was engaged in conversation or in action. Nothing about him bespoke the
-soldier save a firm-set mouth and eyes of azure blue, which flashed and
-gleamed. With it all, though, he had about his person and his manner a
-sympathetic quality which attracted people to him.” Although a severe
-illness compelled him to give up this first campaign and return home,
-Wolfe was by no means discouraged, and he later on managed to
-distinguish himself for his courage and military skill.
-
-It was not long after this that the great William Pitt decided that
-Wolfe was a man to be trusted with great things. He appointed him
-commander of the English troops to be sent against Quebec.
-
-American history had just reached the period when all the English
-colonies had been founded except Georgia, and the long struggle had come
-between France and England for the possession of Canada.
-
-There were many older generals who thought they ought to have been
-appointed to the important command in place of Wolfe, and when the
-elated Wolfe made some wild boasts in their presence, they were quick to
-carry them to the king and to declare that James Wolfe was a mad fool,
-and not fit to command. But King George III liked Wolfe none the less
-for his enthusiasm, and declared that if “General Wolfe be mad, he hoped
-he would bite some of his generals.”
-
-But even Wolfe’s enthusiasm could not break down the strong
-fortification at Quebec. The city was located on a high, rocky cliff in
-itself almost inaccessible, and the natural strength of the position was
-increased by the strong defense maintained by the French soldiers and
-the Indians. Wolfe spent the entire summer trying to find a way to take
-Quebec, and probably would not have succeeded but for a combination of
-circumstances which left one part of the cliff unprotected.
-
-With the aid of a telescope, General Wolfe had discovered a hidden
-pathway up the side of the cliff behind the city at a point which was
-lightly guarded. Then came a deserter from the French army who informed
-him that the French were expecting some provision boats that night.
-
-Without hesitation, General Wolfe ordered thirty-six hundred of his
-soldiers to prepare for the assault. Under cover of night, flying a
-French flag and with the aid of those of his generals who spoke French,
-Wolfe and his soldiers managed to sail past the sentry and enter the
-harbor in the guise of the French provision boats. In absolute silence
-they sailed up the river and landed at a spot since called “Wolfe’s
-Cove.” The ascent up the steep hill side was difficult but soon
-accomplished, and the few guards killed or taken prisoners. All the
-British soldiers successfully gained the heights and the next morning
-General Wolfe lined them up for battle on a field called the “Field of
-Abraham” after the name of its owner.
-
-The French commander, Montcalm, surprised at the presence of the enemy
-on his own shore, went to meet them hurriedly and without proper
-support. A fierce battle ensued in which the English were victorious,
-and the French fled. General Wolfe was wounded three times in this
-battle, the last time fatally. Even then he called out to those nearest
-him, “Support me; let not my brave fellows see me fall. The day is ours;
-keep it.”
-
-In our picture we see General Wolfe half supported on the ground, with
-his friends about him. At the left is the messenger who, history tells
-us, bore the news, “They run; see how they run!” The dying general heard
-the words and asked, “Who run?” Upon hearing the answer, “The enemy,” he
-exclaimed, “Now God be praised. I will die in peace.”
-
-This victory not only gave Canada to England, but established the
-permanent supremacy of the English-speaking race in North America. Is it
-any wonder, then, that Benjamin West, a good American colonist, should
-be interested in this battle and wish to paint a picture of it?
-
-He started it with great enthusiasm, and soon had the figures sketched
-in, ready to paint. West was then living in London, and Archbishop
-Drummond, happening in his studio at this time, was greatly shocked
-because West had dressed his men in costumes such as they actually wore.
-Strange as it seems to us now, it was the custom then to use classic
-models for everything, and to represent all figures as wearing Greek
-costumes, no matter in what period they lived. If we remember Benjamin
-West for no other reason, we shall remember him because he was the first
-in England and America to change this custom. He believed we should
-paint people just as they are. The archbishop tried to dissuade him from
-this, and failing, he asked Sir Joshua Reynolds to talk to West.
-
-Finally King George III heard of the artist’s intention and sent for
-him. West listened to the king with great respect, and then replied:
-“May it please your Majesty, the subject I have to represent is a great
-battle fought and won, and the same truth which gives law to the
-historian should rule the painter. If instead of the facts of action I
-introduce fictions, how shall I be understood by posterity? The classic
-dress is certainly picturesque, but by using it I shall lose in
-sentiment what I gain in external grace. I want to mark the time, the
-place, and the people; to do this I must abide by the truth.”
-
-The king could not fail to be convinced by so sensible an answer, yet he
-would not buy the picture. When Sir Joshua Reynolds came to look at the
-finished picture he praised it unreservedly, and not only told the
-artist it would be popular but predicted that it would lead to a
-revolution in art. His prediction was soon fulfilled.
-
-King George III also greatly admired the painting, and said, “There! I
-am cheated out of a fine canvas by listening to other people. But you
-shall make a copy of it for me.”
-
-And yet the critics tell us that West, with all his love for truth in
-dress, took even a greater artist’s license when he painted this
-picture. He represented men as standing near Wolfe (the two generals,
-Monckton and Barré) who were not there at all. These two men were
-fatally wounded in the same battle, but in another part of the field.
-Surgeon Adair, too, who is bending over the dying hero, was in another
-part of the country at the time. The Indian warrior, who intently
-watches the dying general to see if he is equal to the Indian in
-fortitude and bravery, was, it is claimed, an imaginary person.
-
-But a far greater number of critics uphold West and consider his
-painting the more valuable because he has brought into prominence a
-number of the important men of that time, and linked their names in
-memory with that of General Wolfe and with the cause they represented.
-
-It is interesting to note the manner in which the artist has grouped his
-figures in the foreground. We can separate them into at least three
-distinct groups, each complete in itself, yet held together by the
-direction of their gaze and the position of their bodies. For a moment
-these brave men have forgotten, in grief at the loss of a beloved
-companion and hero, even the joy of victory for a great cause.
-
-The interest is centered about the dying general in many different
-ways—the light, the position of other figures, the direction of their
-gaze, and his position in the picture. Our attention and interest might
-remain with the group in the foreground of the picture but that it is
-drawn, for a moment, to the figure in the middle distance running toward
-us and from that figure to the mass in the background which, though
-vaguely outlined, is still distinct enough to give us the impression of
-troops in action.
-
-
-=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Why did the life
-of General Wolfe appeal so strongly to the artist Benjamin West? What
-great obstacles did General Wolfe have to overcome? Tell about his first
-campaign. Describe his personal appearance. Why did William Pitt choose
-Wolfe for an important office? What feeling did this cause among the
-other generals? What did George III say about General Wolfe? Explain the
-difficulties to be overcome in capturing Quebec. How did the English
-effect a landing? Where was the battle fought? Which army was
-victorious? What events aided the English in gaining this victory? What
-new idea did West introduce in this picture? Who opposed him at first?
-To what did this change lead? What can you say of the composition of
-this picture? What is its value as history?
-
-
-=The story of the artist.= “What is thee doing, Benjamin?” A small boy,
-hearing this question, suddenly becomes quite confused and embarrassed
-as he tries to cover up a sheet of paper he has in his hand. His mother
-and sister, dressed in the severely plain clothing of the Quakers, are
-standing behind him, waiting for an answer. The boy looks up timidly,
-his face turning red as he answers hesitatingly, “N-nothing.”
-
-Of course this does not satisfy his mother, and she speaks more sharply
-as she asks him again what he is doing and what he has in his hand. The
-boy, a little fellow of six, hands her a sheet of paper and nervously
-rocks the cradle in which his baby sister is sleeping. He expects to be
-punished, for he has done something that must be wrong, for he never
-heard of any one else doing it.
-
-The mother and sister study the paper carefully, and find only a drawing
-done in red and black ink. They recognize it at once as a picture of the
-baby sister Sally, sound asleep, and they are pleased in spite of
-themselves. The mother asks him many questions, and he tells her that as
-he was taking care of his baby sister he had suddenly felt a great
-desire to copy the sleeping child’s face. He had found an old quill pen
-and some ink, and they could see what he had been doing. The mother
-looks pleased, but says, “I do not know what the Friends would say to
-such like.” However, Benjamin feels encouraged, and determines to try
-again soon.
-
-This story is often told in giving the history of American art, because
-this same Benjamin West was our first native American artist. Other
-American men had copied European paintings, but his was the first
-original work in America.
-
-Benjamin’s grandfather came to America with William Penn, the two being
-intimate friends. Later the West family moved to the small town of
-Springfield, Pennsylvania, where, in 1738, the grandson Benjamin was
-born, growing up under the stern observances of an early Quaker home.
-His father kept a small store, but the family was a large one and many
-hardships had to be endured in those early days.
-
-At the age of seven Benjamin began to attend the village school. You
-will remember that the Indians remained very friendly after their treaty
-with William Penn, and that in those days they often came to visit and
-trade with the settlers. The boys in this little school always looked
-forward to these visits, as they liked to talk with the Indians in sign
-language and to trade with them for bows and arrows and other curious
-things the Indians made.
-
-They came one day when Benjamin had been drawing some birds and flowers
-on his slate. When shown the sketches they grunted their approval and
-the next time they came the big chief brought Benjamin some red and
-yellow paint, the kind they used to decorate their bodies.
-
-How delighted Benjamin was as he ran home with his colors; but what
-could he do without blue? Then his mother remembered the bluing she used
-for her clothes, and gave him a piece of indigo. Now he must have a
-brush. You have probably heard of how he cut the fur from the tip of the
-cat’s tail, and so made a very good brush, although it did not last
-long. This made it necessary for him to cut so much fur that the cat
-became a sorry sight indeed. Benjamin’s father thought it must have some
-disease and was about to chloroform it, when his son told him the true
-state of affairs.
-
-Not long afterwards an uncle who was a merchant in Philadelphia sent
-Benjamin a complete painter’s outfit,—paints, brushes, canvas, and all.
-It is said that the day these came Benjamin suddenly disappeared from
-sight and could not be found either at school, where he should have
-been, or in any of his favorite haunts.
-
-At last his mother thought of the attic, and there she found him so
-busily absorbed in painting his picture that at first he did not hear
-her. She had intended to punish him, but, seeing his pictures, she
-forgot all else as she said, “Oh, thou wonderful child!”
-
-When the uncle came to visit them he was so delighted he took Benjamin
-back with him to Philadelphia, where he could have good instruction in
-drawing. At eighteen he began to paint portraits. Then, after living in
-New York several years, he traveled extensively in Europe, finally
-settling in London, where he remained the rest of his life.
-
-He became court painter for King George III, and succeeded Sir Joshua
-Reynolds as president of the Royal Academy, holding this position until
-his death.
-
-Benjamin West caused one complete change in the art of England. Until
-his time all art had followed the Greek ideas, the artists using the
-Greek costumes for figures of men of all periods. West believed we
-should paint people just as they are, so he dressed his people in the
-costumes of the day. At first, of course, he was criticized severely,
-but soon all the artists were following his example. Benjamin West
-became the founder of a school of his own, to which young artists from
-both America and England went for help and encouragement. Although he
-spent the last years of his life in England, Benjamin West always
-remained a patriotic American.
-
-The first few painters of note who followed Benjamin West were greatly
-influenced by him. The list of prominent American artists is constantly
-increasing. J. Walker McSpadden, in his book called _Famous Painters of
-America_, has classified a few of the most prominent in a way that may
-help us remember them:
-
-Benjamin West, the painter of destiny.
-
-John Singleton Copley, the painter of early gentility.
-
-Gilbert Stuart, the painter of presidents.
-
-George Inness, the painter of nature’s moods.
-
-Elihu Vedder, the painter of the mystic.
-
-Winslow Homer, the painter of seclusion.
-
-John La Farge, the painter of experiment.
-
-James McNeill Whistler, the painter of protest.
-
-John Singer Sargent, the painter of portraits.
-
-Edwin Austin Abbey, the painter of the past.
-
-William M. Chase, the painter of precept.
-
-
-=Questions about the artist.= Who was the first American artist of note?
-Where was he born? Of what faith were his parents? Relate the
-circumstances which led to Benjamin West’s first drawing, and the
-result. How old was he at that time? How did he secure his first paints?
-his brushes? What gift did his uncle send him? What became of Benjamin
-the day this gift was received? What did his mother say? Where did he go
-to study art? In what way did he change art in England? What school did
-he establish? Name five other American artists, and tell why they are
-famous.
-
-
-=To the Teacher=: Several pupils may prepare the subject-matter as
-suggested here, then tell it to the class. Later, topics may be written
-upon the blackboard and used as suggestive subjects for short
-compositions in English.
-
-1. Relate an incident in the life of Benjamin West that persuaded his
-parents he would be an artist.
-
-2. Explain some of the difficulties he had to overcome in order to
-paint.
-
-3. What preparation did he make to become an artist?
-
-4. In what ways was he of special benefit to the world of art?
-
-5. Tell something of the progress of American painting from that time to
-this.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
- PORTRAIT OF THE ARTIST’S MOTHER
-
-
-=Questions to arouse interest.= What is the name of this picture? Who
-painted it? Half close your eyes and tell what part of the picture
-stands out most distinctly. Which part should be most distinct? (The
-figure, especially the head, holds the center of interest.) From this
-glimpse of her, describe the character and disposition of Whistler’s
-mother as you would judge them to be. Give reasons. What would make you
-think she was neat and orderly? Where is she sitting? How is she
-dressed? What can you see in the background?
-
-
- =Original Picture=: Luxembourg Gallery, Paris, France.
- =Artist=: James McNeill Whistler.
- =Birthplace=: Lowell, Massachusetts.
- =Dates=: Born, 1834; died, 1903.
-
-
-=The story of the picture.= Whistler called this picture “An Arrangement
-in Gray and Black,” for he felt that the public could not be interested
-in a portrait of his mother. He said, “To me, it is interesting as a
-picture of my mother; but what can or ought the public to care about the
-identity of the portrait?” However, this knowledge of relationship has
-appealed so strongly to the people that by common consent the picture
-has been renamed by them, “Whistler’s Mother,” or “Portrait of the
-Painter’s Mother,” or even “Portrait of My Mother.” Then again many
-critics declare the picture might well be called “A Mother,” for it
-represents a type rather than an individual. The face seems to speak to
-each and every one of us in a language all can understand.
-
-This dear old lady in her plain black dress, seated so comfortably with
-her hands in her lap and her feet on a footstool, has an air of peace
-and restfulness about her that is good to look upon. A feeling of
-stillness and perfect quiet comes to us, and we do not at first realize
-the skill of the artist in producing such an effect.
-
-Seated in this restful gray room, she seems to be in a happy reverie of
-the days gone by. The simple dignity of the thoughtful figure is
-increased by the refinement of her surroundings. A single picture and
-part of the frame of another hang on the gray wall behind her. At the
-left we see a very dark green curtain hanging in straight folds, with
-its weird Japanese pattern of white flowers.
-
-All is gray and dull save the face. This contrast brings out its soft
-warmth. The dark mass of the curtain with its severely straight vertical
-lines, contrasted with the darker diagonal mass which represents the
-figure of the mother, gives us a feeling of solemnity and reverence. The
-severity of these dark masses is broken by the head and hands. The
-dainty white cap with its suggestion of lace on the cap strings softens
-the sweet face and relieves the glossy smoothness of her hair. In her
-hands she holds a lace handkerchief which we can barely distinguish from
-the lace on her cuffs. But the hands serve as an exquisite bit of light
-to lead the eye back to the face, where we study again the calm and
-tender dignity of the figure and the mysterious beauty of those
-far-seeing eyes.
-
-By this very simplicity, quiet, and repose, Whistler has made us feel
-the love and reverence he has for his mother. He leaves us to guess what
-the mother herself may be thinking as she looks back over the life now
-past. With what reluctance she may have at first consented to pose for
-her portrait, believing that this great, wonderful son of hers had
-better choose some younger, fairer model, more responsive to his magic
-brush! But when she found his heart was set upon painting her portrait,
-she would hesitate no longer.
-
-No doubt he knew just which dress he wished his mother to wear. We all
-know the dress we like to see our own mother wear. Very likely Whistler
-had planned the picture for days and knew exactly where he wished her to
-sit and just how the finished portrait was to look. And the mother, with
-her faith in her son’s talent, probably thought his wanting her picture
-was only a token of his love for her, little realizing that this
-portrait alone would make her son famous.
-
-We are moved by the silence and reserve of this gentle lady to an
-appreciation of the love, reverence, and respect that are her due.
-
-Held at a distance, our reproduction of this picture seems to consist
-merely of a black silhouette against a light gray wall. On closer
-examination we soon discover two other values—that of the floor, which
-is medium gray, and the darker mass of the curtain.
-
-Whistler was so fond of gray that he always kept his studio dimly
-lighted in order to produce that effect. His pictures are full of
-suggestions rather than actual objects or details. In his landscapes all
-is seen through a misty haze of twilight, early morning, fog, or rain.
-They suggest rather than tell their story. He makes us think as well as
-feel.
-
-
-=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= What did Mr.
-Whistler call this painting? Why was the name changed? What is it often
-called? why? Which name seems the most appropriate to you? What colors
-did the artist use? How many values are represented in this painting?
-What are they? What can you say about the division of space in the
-picture? of the light and shade? of the interior of the room?
-
-
-=To the Teacher=: Tell about the picture and the artist, or have some
-one pupil prepare the story and tell it to the class. This may be
-followed by a written description of the picture and a short sketch of
-the artist’s life by the class, given in connection with the English
-composition work. These questions may be written upon the blackboard as
-a guide or suggestion.
-
-
-=The story of the artist.= Perhaps there never was a boy more fond of
-playing practical jokes than James McNeill Whistler. For this reason he
-made many enemies as well as friends, for you know that, although very
-amusing in themselves, practical jokes are apt to offend.
-
-But first we should know something about Whistler’s father and mother.
-Of a family of soldiers, the father was a graduate of West Point
-Military Academy, and became a major in the United States army. During
-those peaceful days there was very little to keep an army officer busy,
-so the government allowed its West Point graduates to aid in the
-building of the railroads throughout the country. Civil engineers were
-in great demand, and from a position as engineer on the Baltimore and
-Ohio Railroad, Major Whistler became engineer to the Proprietors of
-Locks and Canals at Lowell, Massachusetts. To Lowell, then a mere
-village, Major Whistler brought his family, and here James was born.
-Later the family moved to Stonington, Connecticut.
-
-Whistler’s mother was a strict Puritan and brought up her son according
-to Puritan beliefs. Their Sundays were quite different from ours at the
-present day. They really began on Saturday night for little James, for
-it was then that his pockets were emptied, all toys put away, and
-everything made ready for the Sabbath. On that day the Bible was the
-only book they were allowed to read.
-
-When they lived in Stonington, they were a long distance from the church
-and, as there were no trains on Sunday, the father placed the body of a
-carriage on car wheels and, running it on the rails as he would a hand
-car, he was able to take his family to church regularly. This ride to
-church was the great event of the day for James.
-
-James’s first teacher at school, though a fine man, had unfortunately a
-very long neck. In his wish to hide this peculiarity he wore unusually
-high collars. One day little James came in tardy, wearing a collar so
-high it completely covered his ears. He had made it of paper in
-imitation of the teacher’s. As he walked solemnly to his seat, the whole
-school was in an uproar. James sat down and went about his work as if
-unconscious both of commotion and of the angry glare of his teacher. It
-was not many minutes before the indignant man rushed upon him and
-administered the punishment he so richly deserved.
-
-When James was nine years old the family moved to Russia. The Emperor
-Nicholas I wished to build a railroad from the city of St. Petersburg
-(now called Petrograd) to Moscow, and had sent all over Europe and
-America in search of the best man to undertake this work, at last
-choosing Major Whistler. It was a great honor, of course, and the salary
-was twelve thousand dollars a year. Here the family lived in great
-luxury until the father died. Then Mrs. Whistler brought her children
-back to America to educate them.
-
-When only four years old James had shown considerable talent for
-drawing, but although his mother admired his sketches she always hoped
-and planned that her son should become a soldier like his father. So at
-the age of seventeen she sent him to West Point, where he remained three
-years before he was discharged for failure in chemistry.
-
-Although he had failed in most of his other studies, too, he stood at
-the head of his class in drawing. He received much praise for the maps
-he drew in his geography class, and some of them are still preserved.
-Whistler himself tells us: “Had silicon been a gas, I would have been a
-major general.” It was during an oral examination, after repeated
-failures, that his definition, “Silicon is a gas,” finally caused his
-dismissal.
-
-Another story is told of his examination in history. His professor said,
-“What! do you not know the date of the Battle of Buena Vista? Suppose
-you were to go out to dinner and the company began to talk of the
-Mexican War, and you, a West Point man, were asked the date of the
-battle, what would you do?”
-
-“Do?” said Whistler. “Why, I should refuse to associate with people who
-could talk of such things at dinner.”
-
-Whistler’s real name was James Abbott Whistler, but when he entered West
-Point he added his mother’s name, McNeill. He did this because he knew
-the habit at West Point of nicknaming students, and he feared the
-combination of initial letters would suggest one for him, so he
-substituted McNeill for Abbott. He was called Jimmie, Jemmie, Jamie,
-James, and Jim.
-
-The older he grew the more Whistler seemed to enjoy playing practical
-jokes. Soon after he left West Point he was given a position in a
-government office, but was so careless in his work he was discharged. As
-he was going past his employer’s desk he caught sight of an unusually
-large magnifying glass which that official used only on the most
-important occasions and which was held in great awe by the employes.
-Whistler quickly painted a little demon in the center of this glass. It
-is said that when the official had occasion to use the great magnifying
-glass again he hurriedly dropped it thinking he must be out of his head,
-for all he could see was a wicked-looking demon grinning up at him.
-
-When Whistler began to paint in earnest he was very successful, and soon
-became the idol of his friends. In fact, the admiration of his friends
-proved quite a misfortune, for it sometimes made him satisfied with poor
-work. A friend coming in would find a half-completed picture on his
-easel and go into raptures over it, saying, “Don’t touch it again. Leave
-it just as it is!” Whistler, pleased and delighted, would say he guessed
-it was rather good, and so the picture remained unfinished.
-
-Many stories are told of the models he chose from the streets. Often
-some dirty, ragged little child would find itself taken kindly by the
-hand and led home to ask its mother whether it might pose for the great
-artist. After some difficulty the mother would be persuaded to let the
-child go just as it was, dirt and all. As soon as Whistler began to
-paint, he usually forgot everything else and so at last the child would
-cry out from sheer weariness. Then with a start of surprise Whistler
-would say to his servant, “Pshaw! what’s it all about? Can’t you give it
-something? Can’t you buy it something?” Needless to say, the child
-always went home happy with toys and candy.
-
-Whistler saw color everywhere, and he was especially quick to feel the
-beauty of color combinations. The names of his paintings suggest that
-this love of color was of first importance in his work, even before the
-object or person studied. So we have “A Symphony in White,” “Rose and
-Gold,” “Gray and Silver,” “A Note in Blue and Opal,” and “Green and
-Gold.”
-
-
-=Questions about the artist.= Of what nationality was the artist? What
-was his father’s profession? What important positions did he hold? How
-did the family observe Sunday? What was the great event of the day for
-James McNeill Whistler? To what country did the family move? What
-happened after the father’s death? Where was James sent to school? Why
-did he fail? Why did he change his name? Tell about the position in the
-government office and what happened there. How did praise and admiration
-affect him? Name some of his best paintings.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- MURAL DECORATIONS AND FRESCO
-
-
-The term “mural decoration” applies to the decoration of walls and
-ceilings. These decorations may be done in fresco, oils, sculpture in
-low relief, mosaics, carved and paneled woodwork, or tapestries. In
-fresco painting a damp plaster ground is prepared on the wall, upon
-which the moist colors are painted. These colors become fixed as they
-dry, and appear to be a part of the wall. The work must be done while
-the plaster is damp, so the painter prepares only that part of the wall
-which he expects to cover that day. As it cannot be used after it is
-dry, he must scrape away all that is left and prepare a new background
-the next day. If the artist wishes to change any part of his picture, he
-must scrape off the ground and repaint the entire picture. It is often
-easy to see where the new plaster has been added, and hence how much the
-artist did in one day.
-
-The damp atmosphere in northern countries soon destroys fresco paints,
-while the warm, sunny climate of such countries as Italy and Spain
-preserves them. Most of the fresco paintings of such old masters as Fra
-Angelico, Raphael, Leonardo da Vinci, and Michelangelo are still to be
-seen in much of their original beauty.
-
-In America, fresco is seldom used, as artists find that oil paints on
-canvas, which may be fastened to the wall with white lead, are much more
-lasting and satisfactory.
-
-Some of the best-known mural paintings in the United States are found in
-the Boston Public Library, Boston, Massachusetts: “The Holy Grail,” by
-Edwin Abbey (American); “The Frieze of the Prophets,” by John Sargent
-(American); and “The Muses Welcoming the Genius of Enlightenment,” by
-Chavannes (French). In the Congressional Library, Washington, D.C., the
-artists represented are: Elihu Vedder (American), J. W. Alexander
-(American), H. O. Walker (American), Charles Sprague Pearce (American),
-Edward Simmons (American), G. W. Maynard (American), and Frederick
-Dielman (American by adoption). In the Waldorf-Astoria Hotel, New York
-City, E. H. Blashfield (American) and Edward Simmons are represented. At
-the Carnegie Institute the work of John W. Alexander is represented, and
-at the Walker Art Building, Bowdoin College, Maine, we find works by
-Cox, Thayer, Vedder, and La Farge.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
- THE FRIEZE OF THE PROPHETS
-
-
-=Questions to arouse interest.= Who were the “prophets”? How many are
-represented in this picture? Relate some incident or event in the life
-of any one of them. What book tells about the lives of these men? Of
-what benefit were they to the world? How many groups are complete in
-themselves? How are the five groups held together to form a single
-composition?
-
-
- =Original Picture=: Boston Public Library, Boston, Massachusetts.
- =Artist=: John Singer Sargent (sär´j_ĕ_nt).
- =Birthplace=: Florence, Italy.
- =Dates=: Born, 1856.
-
-
-=The story of the frieze.= This painting is placed on the third floor of
-the Boston Public Library, Boston, Massachusetts, in what is known as
-Sargent Hall. The third floor of the library contains valuable
-collections of books on special subjects, and to approach these rooms we
-must pass through a long, high gallery. This is Sargent Hall, named in
-honor of the artist who decorated its walls. At about the time that Mr.
-Abbey was asked to decorate the walls of the Delivery Room, Mr. Sargent,
-also an American, received a commission to decorate both ends of this
-hall or gallery. He was paid fifteen thousand dollars for the work. So
-successful was he in pleasing the people, and so much enthusiasm was
-aroused, that immediately an additional sum of fifteen thousand dollars
-was raised by popular subscription, and Mr. Sargent was urged to
-complete the decoration of the entire hall.
-
-The “Frieze of the Prophets” is only a part of the decorations of
-Sargent Hall. Mr. Sargent has described the complete scheme of
-decoration as representing “the triumph of religion, showing the
-development of religion from early confusing beliefs to the worship of
-the one God upon the basis of the Law and the Prophets.”
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- _Elijah, Moses, Joshua. The Frieze of the Prophets_
-]
-
-
- MOSES
-
-One glance at the picture tells us that the central figure, that of
-Moses, is the most important among the nineteen prophets represented. Of
-all the prophets Moses is considered the most ideal and superhuman, and
-thus Mr. Sargent has tried to represent him. By using more conventional
-lines, and by modeling the figure in low relief so that it stands out
-from the rest of the picture, he has produced this distinguishing
-effect. The face, beard, shoulders, arms, and Tables of the Law stand
-out in the painting as if they were carved from stone. In fact, as we
-look at him we think more of a monument than of a painting. The wings
-crossed so stiffly make the figure seem all the more erect, while the
-feathers seem to send out rays of light over the entire picture. The
-earnest face with its deep-set eyes suggests the strength and courage of
-that great leader who felt that upon him lay the responsibility for the
-restless, ignorant idolaters whom he was to lead.
-
-When we read the story of the prophet’s life we are filled with wonder.
-From the very first it was unusual. Moses was born at the time when the
-wicked king of Egypt commanded that all boy babies of the Israelites
-should be drowned. But his mother kept him hidden until he was three
-months old. Then she placed him in a small boat or ark which she pushed
-out among the flags and grasses of the river.
-
-We all know how the daughter of Pharaoh found the child and adopted him
-as her own son. She named him Moses, meaning “to draw out,” for, as she
-said, she had drawn him out of the water. Grown to manhood among the
-Egyptians, his open sympathy for his own people caused him to be
-banished. Then, in the vision of the burning bush, which burns yet never
-is consumed, the Lord appeared to him and told him that he was to
-deliver the people of Israel out of the hands of the Egyptians. But when
-he was told to go to speak to Pharaoh his courage deserted him, and it
-was not until after several miracles had been performed and divine help
-promised that he was willing to go.
-
-Aaron, brother of Moses, went with him to ask Pharaoh to permit the
-Israelites to go on a three days’ journey into the wilderness to offer
-sacrifices to the Lord. But Pharaoh only laughed at them. A great many
-dreadful things had to happen to Pharaoh’s people before he would give
-his consent—the water was turned to blood; the land was covered with
-frogs, and lice, and flies; the cattle were afflicted with a dreadful
-disease; man and beast were covered with running sores; hail destroyed
-most of the crops; locusts came to devour the rest, and the whole
-country, except the land in which the Israelites dwelt, was cast into
-darkness. During each of these scourges Pharaoh would send for Moses and
-beg him to ask God to deliver the land, saying he would let the
-Israelites go. But as soon as the danger was removed he would refuse to
-keep his promise.
-
-Then came the most dreadful scourge of all—the death of the first-born
-in every Egyptian home. Again Pharaoh had failed to heed the warning of
-Moses. There was weeping and wailing in Egypt that day, for every home
-lost a loved one. In great haste the king sent messengers to Moses,
-giving the Israelites his consent to go and even urging them on their
-way.
-
-So with their families and their worldly goods the Israelites started
-out in search of the promised land under the leadership of Moses and
-Aaron. They had scarcely begun their weary journey before Pharaoh
-regretted having allowed them to go, and sent spies and an army after
-them. But a “pillar of cloud” came between the two camps and hid the
-Israelites that night. In the morning the Red Sea, over which they must
-cross, divided before them and they walked across on dry land between
-the walls of water. When they had passed, the waters closed in again and
-destroyed the pursuing Egyptians.
-
-Then comes the wonderful history of those forty years’ wanderings in the
-wilderness, led by clouds by day and pillars of fire by night, until the
-Israelites reached the promised land. During all this time, under the
-guidance of the Lord, Moses taught his people and directed them in all
-their affairs. Yet they were not capable of understanding his great
-spiritual convictions, for at one time, when Moses remained on Mount
-Sinai forty days and forty nights communing with God, he found upon his
-return that his people had made themselves an idol and were worshiping
-it. Their faith seems never to have been very strong, and they were
-constantly in need of the help and encouragement of their great leader.
-
-From Mount Sinai, Moses brought them the two stone tablets, with the Ten
-Commandments written upon them.
-
-In his picture Mr. Sargent has represented Moses with two little horns
-on his forehead. After Moses came down from Mount Sinai, where God had
-spoken to him, his face shone, or, as the Bible says, “sent forth beams
-or horns of light.” These horns are also shown very distinctly in
-Michelangelo’s wonderful statue of Moses.
-
-Here we see him represented as a sort of spiritual giant, holding toward
-us for our observance the two stone tablets containing the Ten
-Commandments upon which all Christian living should be based.
-
-
- JOSHUA
-
-During the forty years’ wandering in the wilderness many hostile tribes
-were encountered and had to be subdued. Then a young man, strong,
-energetic, and skillful in arms, came forward to lead the army. This
-young leader was Joshua, represented at the right of Moses in the act of
-sheathing his sword.
-
-Moses himself saw the promised land far off from the top of a mountain.
-The Lord had told him to go there to look upon it, as he could not live
-to reach it. Moses then spent his last days instructing his people and
-their new leader, Joshua the warrior, who was to guide them to the end
-of their journey.
-
-Having received the promise of divine help, the Israelites under their
-new leader again took up the march. When they reached the River Jordan,
-it, like the Red Sea, divided and allowed them to walk over on dry land;
-the guarded massive walls of Jericho fell that they might enter and
-possess the land. But there were still other hostile tribes to be
-conquered before they could feel that the land was really theirs. They
-were successful in all their battles except one, in which defeat came to
-them because one man had stolen plunder and hidden it in his house
-contrary to his promise to God. The sin confessed, victory returned.
-
-When all the land was conquered it became Joshua’s duty to divide it
-among the different tribes, a long and difficult task. This
-accomplished, he gathered his people together and told them that his
-time of leadership was about to end. Then he made them decide for
-themselves whether they would henceforth worship idols or the one God.
-They vowed they would worship the one God, and Joshua caused them to
-erect a monument as a reminder of their vow.
-
-In our picture the simple, straight lines of the figure of Joshua are
-suggestive of the determined, forceful character of the man. They give
-an impression of great strength. Notice how the light falls upon his
-upraised arm and the straight folds of his garment. It seems to come
-directly from the wings of the figure of Moses, as if to acknowledge the
-wisdom and inspiration which Joshua received from the great leader. The
-face of Joshua, half hidden under his hood, is thoughtful yet
-determined. Here is a man of strong, steady purpose, pressing on
-persistently until he, with all his people, should reach the promised
-land.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Of a quite different type is the prophet Elijah, whom we see at the left
-of Moses. This enthusiastic leader, regardless of physical comforts or
-earthly pleasures, bends all his energies toward the one great cause.
-His complete forgetfulness of self is well represented here by the
-careless draperies, the intense feeling in the face, and the strained
-muscles of the neck and arms. We know little about his life until the
-time when he was sent as messenger to the palace of the wicked King
-Ahab. This king over the Israelites lived in a magnificent palace made
-of ivory and gold, with beautiful gardens about it. But his wife,
-Jezebel, was a wicked woman, and a worshiper of idols, and she persuaded
-Ahab to build a great temple to one of her gods, Baal, and to worship
-with her.
-
-One day, without any warning, a strange-looking man wearing a cloak of
-camel’s hair and carrying a strong staff in his hand, appeared before
-Ahab in the throne room of his magnificent palace. It was Elijah, and
-without even bowing to the king or showing him any respect whatever, he
-delivered this dreadful message in a loud voice: “As the Lord God of
-Israel liveth, before whom I stand, there shall not be dew nor rain
-these years, but according to my word.” Before the astonished king could
-answer, Elijah had disappeared.
-
-Then the Lord warned Elijah to hide by a certain brook called Cherith,
-for Ahab would pursue him. Here he lived three months, fed by the ravens
-and hiding in caves in the rocks, for this brook was hidden between two
-hills of rock covered with leaves. But soon the brook became dry, for
-there had been no rain. Then again came the message of the Lord, telling
-him to go to a certain widow’s home many miles away, where he would be
-taken care of. As Elijah neared the gates of the city where she lived,
-he met a woman gathering sticks. He asked her for some water and bread,
-but she told him she had just enough meal to make one little cake for
-herself and her small son. After that they must die, for she was very
-poor. She had been gathering the sticks to bake the cake. Then Elijah
-told her to make a cake for him first, and not to be afraid, for the
-Lord had told him her meal and oil should not give out before the rain
-came. She did as he said, and, sure enough, she had as much meal and oil
-as before. Then she knew this to be a man of God, and offered to let him
-stay in her home.
-
-Elijah remained there two years, during which time the drought continued
-over Israel, and Ahab sought the prophet in vain.
-
-Then came the voice of the Lord commanding him to go again to the king
-with a message. Ahab was very angry when Elijah again appeared; but
-Elijah was not afraid. He ordered Ahab to gather all the Israelites at
-Mount Carmel and to bring there also the prophets of Baal, the heathen
-god. But the wicked Jezebel had caused all the prophets of the
-Israelites to be put to death, so that Elijah was alone against the four
-hundred and fifty prophets of Baal. While he waited, Elijah spent the
-time in prayer.
-
-When all were gathered at Mount Carmel, the king in his royal purple
-robes, the false prophets in their white robes and high pointed caps,
-and all the attendants, officers, and servants, the great figure of
-Elijah loomed up before them, demanding in a loud voice how long they
-were going to take to decide whether to serve God or Baal. None dared
-reply. He told them to bring two oxen; one, the prophets of Baal should
-prepare for sacrifice, the other he should prepare. Each should call
-upon his God, and the God that answered by fire should be supreme. The
-people thought this very fair, as Baal was supposed to be the god of
-fire.
-
-The prophets of Baal were allowed to try first. In vain they called to
-the sun, and danced about the altar, waving their arms wildly, begging
-Baal to hear them and to send the fire—but there was no response. Is it
-any wonder Elijah said to them: “Cry aloud: for he is a god; either he
-is talking, or he is pursuing, or he is in a journey, or peradventure he
-sleepeth, and must be awaked.” They continued their supplication all
-day, but to no avail.
-
-Then Elijah called the people close around him, prepared his offering,
-and commanded them to pour water over it several times and also to fill
-the ditch surrounding it with water, that they might be fully persuaded.
-Then Elijah’s prayer was immediately answered by a fire, which not only
-burned up the offering but licked up the water around it. Then the
-people were persuaded, the false prophets were slain, and rain descended
-upon the land.
-
-But Jezebel was very angry when she heard these things, and sent word to
-Elijah that he, too, should share the fate of the prophets of Baal.
-Elijah fled. It was at this time he rested “under a juniper tree,” which
-has since been known as an expression of discouragement.
-
-Again came the message of the Lord, sending him to the land of Israel,
-where he should proclaim his successor, Elisha. Elijah spent the rest of
-his life instructing young men, of whom Elisha was his most devoted
-follower. When his work was over he was taken up into heaven in a
-chariot of fire.
-
-
- DANIEL
-
-Next to Elijah in the frieze stands Daniel, that stanch leader whom
-nothing could dismay, not even the fear of being placed in the lions’
-den. He does not look as if he could easily be persuaded to turn aside
-from what he believed was right. The fixed folds of his garment
-correspond with his features and his character as we know it. In his
-hands he carries a piece of parchment upon which is inscribed in Hebrew,
-“And they that be wise shall shine.”
-
-His was an unusual life full of strange experiences. He was fourteen
-years old when the people of Judah were taken captives to Babylon by the
-victorious King Nebuchadnezzar. Daniel was chosen with several other
-boys to be trained as pages for the king; then many strange things
-happened to him. In the first place his name was changed from Daniel,
-which means “God is my judge,” to Belteshazzar, after one of the idols
-of the Babylonians. All the pages were given these strange heathen
-names. They were treated very kindly but were expected to eat the rich
-food from the king’s table, most of which had been offered to the idols.
-
-[Illustration:
-
- _Amos, Nahum, Ezekiel, Daniel. The Frieze of the Prophets_
-]
-
-When Daniel found this out he made his first stand for what he believed
-was right. Feeling that it was wrong to eat this food, he persuaded
-three of the other boys to go with him and ask the king’s officers to
-give them plainer food. The officers consented to test this diet with
-the four boys, and at the end of three months found they had gained in
-strength more than the other pages, who had continued to eat the rich
-food; and so Daniel’s request was granted. All the pages had to study
-very hard, for they had to learn the language of the Babylonians besides
-many other things. When they were brought before the king to be examined
-three years later, Daniel and his three friends were found to be the
-brightest scholars of all. People began to look up to them, and to call
-them very wise.
-
-Not long after this King Nebuchadnezzar had a very strange dream, but
-when he woke up in the morning he could not remember what it was. He
-called his wise men together, but none could tell him what he had
-dreamed. He became very angry and ordered them all put to death, even
-Daniel and his friends, whom he thought ought to be wise enough to tell
-him.
-
-All that night Daniel and his friends prayed for help, until, utterly
-weary, they fell asleep. In a dream the Lord told Daniel what to tell
-the king. King Nebuchadnezzar’s dream had been about his kingdom, and
-who should rule after him, and he was amazed that one so young as Daniel
-should tell him what he had dreamed and what the dream meant. He gave
-Daniel many presents and made him a great ruler.
-
-Daniel continued in favor with Nebuchadnezzar’s successor, Darius. So
-much was he favored that the other officers of the king wished to
-destroy him. Appealing to his vanity, they persuaded Darius to set aside
-thirty days in which all his people should pray to him just as if he
-were a god. He made this dreadful law among his people, who were Medes
-and Persians. Of course we know how Daniel continued to pray to God, was
-watched, and reported to the king. Then King Darius saw the trap which
-his officers had set for Daniel. He was greatly distressed, but not even
-a king could change a law among the Medes and Persians. He had said that
-any one who disobeyed his law should perish in the den of lions.
-
-But we know how Daniel was taken care of; how the king rejoiced to find
-him alive the next morning; and how all the people marveled and believed
-in the God who had saved him. At this time Daniel was eighty years old.
-God sent some wonderful dreams to him, and he was able to prophesy many
-things that should happen to the Jews. It was through him that they were
-delivered from their captivity.
-
-
- JEREMIAH
-
-At the right of Joshua we see Jeremiah, the prophet who so bitterly
-lamented the afflictions of his people. He is often called the “weeping
-prophet.” So Mr. Sargent has represented him in that attitude of grief
-and discouragement, standing there with his eyes cast down in sorrowful
-meditation. His whole life was spent in what seemed a fruitless strife
-against the evils of his time, for his warnings were disregarded, and
-his people were hurrying toward their destruction.
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- _Jeremiah, Jonah, Isaiah, Habakkuk. The Frieze of the Prophets_
-]
-
-
-Mr. Sargent has made us feel the hopeless despair of this strong man who
-tried so hard to save his people from all the misery they so willfully
-brought upon themselves. He even went about the streets wearing a yoke
-on his neck, to symbolize the coming servitude of the nation which
-refused to heed his warnings and repent. His life was in constant
-danger; he was imprisoned, thrown into a damp, unwholesome cistern, and
-was often obliged to hide for months in caves among the rocks to escape
-the king’s anger.
-
-Other prophets could declare God’s protection and hold out some hope for
-the good to come, but Jeremiah’s message spoke only of evil and sorrow.
-It took great courage to go about on so unpopular and sad a mission,
-without even a miracle to prove his words true, and always alone among
-people who were unfriendly and did not believe in him.
-
-The first one of Jeremiah’s predictions to come true was when Daniel and
-the Israelites were taken captives to Babylon by King Nebuchadnezzar.
-Again he warned them not to go into Egypt, but they not only went but
-compelled him to go with them.
-
-The last we hear of Jeremiah is in Egypt, urging his people to give up
-their idols and worship God. He is indeed, as Mr. Sargent has
-represented him, “the prophet of sorrow”; and yet the figure is one of
-strength. Neither in his face nor in his bearing is there any sign of
-indecision or turning back.
-
-
- JONAH
-
-Next, partly hidden from view, we see Jonah, the unwilling prophet, who
-tried to run away when the Lord told him to take his message of warning
-to Nineveh. The people in this city were known to be very wicked, and
-Jonah feared they might kill him, so he took a boat and started away in
-another direction. We all know of the fearful storm that arose and how
-the sailors prayed to their gods and urged Jonah to pray to his. But
-Jonah could not pray to God when he was disobeying Him. Then the sailors
-drew lots, as was the custom, to find out who had sinned and brought the
-fearful storm upon them. The lot fell to Jonah, who told them how he had
-run away from Nineveh. He urged the sailors to throw him overboard,
-saying the sea would then be still. The men did not want to do this,
-but, fearful lest all should be lost, they finally threw him overboard.
-At once the wind died down and the sea was still. We know how the whale
-was sent to swallow Jonah and to carry him safely to the shore, where he
-was left, now very willing to deliver his message to Nineveh.
-
-He was to tell these wicked people that in forty days their city would
-be overthrown. He went about the streets dressed in a rough camel’s-hair
-cloak, very much like Elijah, and called out his prophecy in a loud
-voice. No wonder the people were frightened, and when he told them how
-he had not wanted to bring the message and had been forced to, they were
-more frightened than ever. All the people, and the king too, wept and
-prayed God for forgiveness, neither eating nor drinking. Then God heard
-their prayers and forgave them, and their city was not destroyed.
-
-But Jonah felt very much hurt because his message had not proved true.
-He thought only of himself, and felt that he had been cheated. He went
-away by himself and built a small place of shelter just outside the
-walls of the city. Here he sat and waited, still hoping Nineveh would be
-destroyed. Suddenly a tree sprang up, its dense leaves protecting him
-from the hot sun. Jonah was greatly pleased and refreshed, but the tree
-as suddenly withered, and he was left grieving for it. God then spoke to
-him and asked him how he could grieve for the tree, yet harden his heart
-against the people of Nineveh, who had repented.
-
-Jeremiah’s greatest grief was that the people would not heed his
-warnings, while Jonah felt aggrieved because his prophecy was not
-fulfilled.
-
-In the picture we see Jonah reading a scroll bearing the one word
-“Jehovah.”
-
-
- ISAIAH AND THE LESSER PROPHETS
-
-Next to Jonah we see Isaiah, the enthusiast, prophesying the coming of
-Christ’s kingdom. Note how the light falls on the head and shoulders,
-and on the upraised arms of the prophet, and is echoed, so to speak, by
-the light on the lower folds of his robe. All lines and lights lead the
-eye upward, even as Isaiah sought to lift his people up into a higher,
-better world. He is the hopeful figure in this group of four.
-
-Habakkuk stands next with his far-seeing eyes missing the heavenly
-visions which surround Isaiah, but seeing the sorrows and evils of the
-world and trying in vain to remedy them.
-
-The next group to the right represents the three prophets of hope,
-Haggai, Malacchi, and Zechariah, all pointing toward the section of the
-wall where Mr. Sargent’s new painting, “The Sermon on the Mount,” will
-be placed when finished. The one doubtful figure, Micah, who is looking
-back, serves to hold this section of the picture to the other figures in
-the frieze.
-
-
- EZEKIEL AND THE LESSER PROPHETS
-
-At the left-hand side of the frieze and next to Daniel, stands Ezekiel.
-Ezekiel lived at the same time as Daniel and, like him, began his
-prophetic career after he was exiled to Babylon. During the twenty-seven
-years of his exile he kept his fellow exiles informed as to all dangers
-which were besetting and threatening their people at home in Jerusalem
-and Judah. His book abounds in visions and poetical images. Mr. Sargent
-has given him the absorbed expression of one who sees beyond the present
-and whose vision includes both evil and good.
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- _Micah, Haggai, Malacchi, Zechariah. The Frieze of the Prophets_
-]
-
-
-Nahum, standing next to Ezekiel, seems to be predicting the wickedness
-and fall of Nineveh, of which he has given us such a powerful and vivid
-account; while Amos denounces idolatry and the sins of the nations, also
-predicting a brighter future for the people of Israel.
-
-The four figures in the last panel to the left of Moses represent the
-prophets of despair. We cannot fail to notice that among the hopeful
-prophets there is one discouraged figure, while among the prophets of
-despair we find the hopeful figure of Hosea.
-
-Obadiah, Joel, and Zephaniah urged their people to repentance of sin,
-and warned them of disaster to come, but their warnings were not heeded.
-In the picture Joel is attempting to shut out the sight of the fearful
-plague of locusts, of the famine, and of the drought which he knows must
-come to his people because they will not repent. The other two prophets
-seem crushed by a hopeless despair. But love is the keynote of Hosea’s
-pleadings. He speaks of the unquenchable love of Jehovah for his erring
-people.
-
-It is interesting to know that Mr. Sargent’s favorite figure in the
-frieze is this young prophet in white, Hosea. Is it any wonder he should
-choose this one? The name Hosea means salvation. In him we see beauty,
-grace, and simplicity, and we feel the steady purpose, the earnest
-faith, of that calm, quiet face. There is no despair in that face or
-figure; the very folds of his robe give us a feeling of strength and
-stability; they suggest marble.
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- _Obadiah, Joel, Zephaniah, Hosea. The Frieze of the Prophets_
-]
-
-
-We are interested in this great mural painting, “The Frieze of the
-Prophets,” not only for its intellectual and religious suggestiveness,
-but for its composition, its masses of dark and light, and its beauty of
-form. Each of the groups of figures is complete in itself, yet by the
-position of the figures and by the light upon them, the frieze is held
-together as one composition.
-
-Mr. Sargent spent many years, and studied his Bible very thoughtfully,
-before he attempted to draw this great picture.
-
-
-=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Who were the
-prophets? What had they to do with the development of religion? Who
-painted this picture? Where is the original? What can you say of the
-composition of this picture? of the light and shade? What do we call
-paintings on a wall? What is there unusual about this painting? For what
-do you admire it? Why was Moses given the most important place in this
-picture? Tell the story of his life. Why is he often represented with
-two little horns on his forehead? Tell something about each one of the
-prophets. Which one is Mr. Sargent’s favorite?
-
-
-=To the Teacher=: Certain pupils may be selected to study and give
-orally a description of different portions of this picture.
-
-
- SUBJECTS FOR COMPOSITION
-
- 1. How the Prophets Helped in the Development of Religion.
- 2. The Most Interesting Prophet.
- 3. The Most Pleasing Group of Prophets.
- 4. Life of the Artist.
- 5. Reasons Why This Painting Has Become Famous.
- 6. How Fresco or Mural Painting Is Done.
-
-
-=The story of the artist.= We are especially interested in Mr. Sargent
-because he is one of the living American artists who has won fame both
-in his own country and abroad. Although John Singer Sargent was born in
-Florence, Italy, we claim him as an American because his parents were
-Americans and because he has always considered himself an American. His
-boyhood was spent in Florence, where it was his delight to wander in the
-art galleries. He showed an early talent for drawing, and when he was
-nineteen years old he went to Paris to become the pupil of some of the
-best artists.
-
-Mr. Sargent is famous for his many portraits as well as for his mural
-decorations. He has traveled extensively and has visited the United
-States many times, painting and exhibiting his paintings here, but most
-of his life has been spent in London, where he is now living. In 1908 he
-was elected to the Royal Academy. He has won many medals of honor for
-his paintings, and is a member of the leading art societies of America
-and Europe.
-
-Among the noted pictures by Mr. Sargent are: “Carnation Lily, Lily
-Rose,” “Fishing for Oysters at Cancale,” “Neapolitan Children Bathing,”
-“El Jaleo” (Spanish Dance), “Fumes of Ambergris,” “Ellen Terry as Lady
-Macbeth,” and “La Carmençita.” As a portrait painter Mr. Sargent has
-been commissioned by men and women of high distinction in literary,
-political, social, and artistic life in America and Europe. Among his
-eminent sitters have been: Joseph Chamberlain, Carolus Duran, Theodore
-Roosevelt, Secretary Hay, and Octavia Hill.
-
-
-=Questions about the artist.= Why do we feel an especial interest in Mr.
-Sargent? Where was he born? Why do we claim him as an American? Where
-did he study drawing and painting? For what kind of paintings is he
-famous? Where does he live?
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- Copyright by Edwin A. Abbey; from a Copley Print
- Copyright by Curtis & Cameron, Publishers, Boston
- GALAHAD THE DELIVERER. THE HOLY GRAIL
-]
-
-
-
-
- THE HOLY GRAIL
-
-
-=Questions to arouse interest.= How many of you have read Tennyson’s
-_The Holy Grail_? What was the Holy Grail? Why did men seek it? Tell
-what you can of Sir Galahad and his adventures.
-
-
- =Original Picture=: Public Library, Boston, Massachusetts.
- =Artist=: Edwin Austin Abbey (ăb´ĭ).
- =Birthplace=: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
- =Dates=: Born, 1852; died, 1911.
-
-
-=The story of the picture.= When asked to decorate the walls of the
-Delivery Room of the Boston Public Library Mr. Abbey planned to
-represent “The Sources of Modern Literature,” thinking this would be
-most appropriate, as Mr. Sargent had chosen “The Sources of the
-Christian Religion” for the subject of his pictures on the walls of a
-gallery on the third floor of the same building. But as Mr. Abbey read
-and studied the subject he became impressed with the story of the Holy
-Grail, which seemed to be woven in and out through all our literature.
-He realized also that he would be the first to represent this subject in
-a large decoration, and that it was altogether worthy of his best
-efforts.
-
-The paintings occupy the wall space between the wainscot and the ceiling
-of this great room, where books of the library are given out and
-returned. The pictures are eight feet in height, but vary in length from
-the first, “The Vision,” which is six feet long, to the fifth, “The
-Castle of the Grail,” which is thirty-three feet long and extends the
-entire length of the north wall.
-
-Mr. Abbey spent seven years in careful research work before he was able
-to complete these paintings. He received fifteen thousand dollars for
-his work.
-
-According to an old legend, the Holy Grail was the cup from which Christ
-drank at the Last Supper. It was bought from Pilate by Joseph of
-Arimathæa, who caught in it the divine blood that fell from Christ’s
-wounds.
-
-Joseph placed the cup in a castle, which he kept guarded night and day.
-It was passed on to his descendants, who received the charge in sacred
-trust and continued to guard it faithfully. The cup itself was most
-mysterious and wonderful. It could be seen only by those who were
-perfectly pure in word, thought, and deed. If an evil person came near,
-it was borne away as if by some invisible hand, completely disappearing
-from view.
-
-The sight of it was as food to the one to whom it was revealed and
-enabled him “to live and to cause others to live indefinitely without
-food,” gave him “universal knowledge,” and made him invulnerable in
-battle. But there was one thing it did not do. No matter how perfect the
-knight, he could still be tempted. He must continue to resist temptation
-as long as he lived.
-
-At length there came a king, keeper of the Grail, called Amfortas, the
-Fisher King, who was not strong enough to resist temptation. He yielded
-to an evil enchantment and was severely punished. Not only was the sight
-of the Grail denied him, but a spell was cast upon him and all his court
-so that they lived in a sort of trance, neither sleeping nor waking.
-Thus they must remain until a knight pure in body and soul should come
-to break the spell and set them free.
-
-Little was known about the enchanted castle, where the king and his men
-were held in the power of the spell, but many a young man began to plan
-the quest of the Grail. He must so live that by his good thoughts and
-deeds he might reach the enchanted castle, see the Holy Grail, and so
-set free the unhappy knights. He must be perfect, indeed, if he would
-achieve this, and full of courage, perseverance, and patience.
-
-In our picture we see Sir Galahad, the stainless knight, who succeeds in
-his quest of the Holy Grail.
-
-Mr. Abbey has told the story in fifteen pictures, beginning with Sir
-Galahad as a child.
-
-
- “THE INFANCY OF GALAHAD,” OR “THE VISION”
-
-Galahad was the son of Launcelot and Elaine, for it was according to an
-old prophecy that these two should have a son who should become a great
-knight and find the Holy Grail.
-
-They placed their small son in a convent to be brought up by the nuns.
-In the first picture we see the child attracted by a bright light
-visible to him alone. He laughs in great delight and reaches toward the
-Grail as he sees it gleaming fiery red through its veil-like covering.
-It is held in the hands of an angel radiant in white as the light from
-the Grail illumines her face and wings. She is supported by the wings of
-doves, upon which she seems to be borne along. These doves signify the
-Holy Spirit and are also represented as hovering near the Grail and
-acting as informants concerning good and evil. The odor of the incense
-from the Grail furnishes a mysterious sustenance to the child which
-causes him to grow in mind and body. He is held high in the arms of a
-sweet-faced young nun who does not see the vision but seems to feel
-vaguely that some unusual event is taking place. In the original
-painting the bluish black of her outer robe throws into greater
-prominence the creamy white of her draperies as they, too, are flooded
-with light from the Grail.
-
-The background gives the effect of heavy tapestry and is made up of
-tones of blue and white embroidered in gold. The figures of lions and
-peacocks are used to signify the resurrection.
-
-
- “THE OATH OF KNIGHTHOOD”
-
-When the child had grown to manhood, Sir Launcelot was summoned to make
-him a knight. In this picture we see Galahad in the convent chapel,
-where he has just passed the night in prayer preparatory to his
-departure out into the world.
-
-As he kneels at the altar, he is clad in the red robe which is worn by
-the hero throughout the series of pictures. Red is chosen as the color
-of spiritual purity and means the “spirit cleansed by fire.” “It stands
-for activity, conflict, human effort with the knowledge of good and evil
-that imparts the strength to achieve the good and resist the evil.”
-
-The honor of knighthood is conferred upon Galahad by Sir Launcelot and
-Sir Bors, who can be seen in their heavy armor kneeling behind him. They
-fasten the spurs upon his feet as a signal that the moment of departure
-has arrived.
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- Copyright by Edwin A. Abbey; from a Copley Print
- copyright by Curtis & Cameron, Publishers, Boston
- _The Oath of Knighthood. The Holy Grail_
-]
-
-
-The time of day is shown by the two candles at the altar which have been
-burning all night and are now burned low in their sockets, and by the
-faint early light of dawn which comes stealing in through the small
-windows at the left of the picture. Just behind the knights stand a
-group of nuns, holding tall candles which light up the dark room and
-reflect on the white robes and shining armor. The interior decoration of
-the church is plainly shown. Our attention is drawn to the quaint
-crucifix just back of the kneeling knights, and the figures surrounding
-it.
-
-The architecture is that of the Early Christian Romanesque. Sir
-Galahad’s face is partly in shadow, as if lost in deep thought. But the
-moment of departure has arrived. He will take up the helmet, which lies
-near him, and leave the convent for his first glimpse of the outside
-world. He must go to the wise teacher, Gurnemanz, to learn not only the
-rules of knighthood but the ways of the world, before he may start on
-his quest of the Holy Grail.
-
-
- “THE ROUND TABLE OF KING ARTHUR”
-
-Having been fully instructed in all the ways of the world by the good
-Gurnemanz, Sir Galahad starts out on his quest. First he goes to the
-Round Table of King Arthur and his knights in Camelot. He finds them
-holding a solemn meeting, their leader having just declared that this is
-the day when, according to prophecy, the stainless knight should come
-who should occupy the Siege Perilous. The Siege Perilous was a chair
-over which the magician, Merlin, had cast a spell, so that no man could
-sit in it without peril of death. Even Merlin himself was lost while
-sitting in his own chair. Only a blameless knight could hope for safety
-in this perilous seat. While Arthur and the knights are discussing the
-prophecy, there suddenly appears a strange old man clothed in white,
-whom none has seen before.
-
-He comes toward the throne of King Arthur, leading Sir Galahad by the
-hand. The door and windows quietly and mysteriously close of themselves;
-the room is filled with a strange light. The Angel of the Grail appears
-before them, and gently lifts the red drapery from the chair. The
-encircling choir of angels look on silently as all read above the chair,
-in letters of fire, the flaming words, “This is Galahad’s seat.”
-
-This picture shows them at that breathless moment when the letters of
-golden light appeared over the chair. King Arthur has risen from his
-seat to greet Sir Galahad; a small page kneels beside the king, while
-the jester half rises at the wondrous sight. Sir Galahad wears the same
-red robe, fastened with a golden brown girdle—a gift from the nuns when
-he was leaving the convent.
-
-
- “THE DEPARTURE”
-
-A wonderful rock of red marble has been discovered, protruding from the
-surface of a river. From its side projects a shining sword which none
-has been able to draw out. The king and his knights hasten to see this
-sword, but none succeeds in moving it. Now Sir Galahad arrives and draws
-the sword without the slightest difficulty, placing it in his empty
-scabbard, where it fits exactly. He also secures a shield which had been
-left for him by his ancestor, and, thus armed, he is ready to start out
-in search of the Grail. Most of the knights, persuaded by this series of
-strange events that Sir Galahad is to be the true knight, decide to join
-him in his search.
-
-Before they start on their long and perilous journey they gather in the
-church for a final benediction. So here again we see the interior of a
-church. The bishop’s hands are raised in a parting benediction over the
-group of kneeling knights clad in shining armor and holding their lances
-erect. Many strange banners float above them. Sir Galahad alone has
-bared his head. His helmet is on the floor beside him. Other kneeling
-priests may be seen just behind the bishop. The scene is one of
-solemnity and dignity.
-
-
- “THE CASTLE OF THE GRAIL AND THE FAILURE OF GALAHAD”
-
-King Amfortas, keeper of the Grail, who yielded to temptation and so was
-denied the sight of the Grail, and his knights, upon whom was cast a
-fearful spell which was neither sleeping nor waking, anxiously await the
-arrival of Galahad. But, it is not enough that he should come; he must
-ask a certain question which alone can free them from their living
-death.
-
-Here we see Sir Galahad in the enchanted castle, a puzzled onlooker. He
-looks silently about him at the feeble old king and his wretched
-company. He sees, too, the procession of the Grail, which, although the
-king and his court cannot see it, is constantly passing before them.
-This procession includes the Angel, bearer of the Grail, a damsel
-carrying a golden dish, two knights who carry seven-branched
-candlesticks, and a knight holding a bleeding spear.
-
-Sir Galahad must ask the meaning of what he sees and by his question
-remove the enchantment. But, over-confident in his own knowledge, he
-tries to solve the mystery by himself, and fails. The procession of the
-Grail is shown to the right of the throne upon which King Amfortas half
-sits, half reclines, while the rest of the weird company look solemnly
-on as Sir Galahad stands transfixed with amazement and perplexity
-because the spell is not removed as he expected. Because of his failure
-to ask the necessary question, these people must continue to suffer.
-Several years later he returns, a wiser man, and releases them. Personal
-purity alone was not enough; wisdom was necessary, and to secure this he
-must ask a certain question. He could not attain knowledge through
-himself alone, but must seek it from the experience and understanding of
-others.
-
-
- “THE LOATHLY DAMSEL”
-
-The next morning after his failure the castle seems deserted, but when
-Galahad starts out he finds his horse saddled and waiting for him. The
-drawbridge is down, so thinking perhaps the king and knights are in the
-forest, he rides across the bridge in search of them. Instantly the
-drawbridge closes with a crash, and there is a great sound of groaning
-and of voices reproaching him for having failed in his quest. The castle
-disappears from sight, and Galahad roams disconsolately in the woods.
-Finally he sits down to rest and think. He is aroused by the passing of
-three enchanted maidens, the Loathly Damsel and her two followers.
-
-In the picture we see her riding a white mule richly caparisoned. Her
-form suggests beauty, yet the face is ugly and distorted, her head bald
-so that she must wear a hood. In her hands she carries the ghastly head
-of a king wearing a crown, and she seems depressed by her burden. Forced
-by the spell to go about harming mankind against her will, she is angry
-with Sir Galahad for having failed to release her. In her anger she
-reproaches him for not having asked the question while within the
-castle, and so here for the first time Sir Galahad learns why he failed.
-
-Once a beautiful woman, the Loathly Damsel must ride about thus
-unhappily. The head and shoulders are all that is visible of the second
-damsel, apparently riding. The third, dressed as a boy, carries a
-scourge with which she forces the two mules onward.
-
-Sir Galahad bows his head in silence at their reproaches, humbly feeling
-that he deserves them.
-
-Many years of sorrow and suffering must pass before he can again find
-the Castle of the Grail.
-
-
- “THE CONQUEST OF THE SEVEN DEADLY SINS”
-
-Continually seeking the Castle of the Grail, Sir Galahad wanders about
-in this enchanted land. At length, catching a glimpse of a strange
-castle, he makes haste to reach it, and finds it to be the Castle of
-Imprisoned Maidens. These maidens represent the Virtues; and their
-jailers, the Seven Deadly Sins. Arriving at the gate of the castle, he
-finds it guarded by these seven knights. A fierce conflict ensues in
-which Sir Galahad is victorious. This is the only picture in the series
-in which he is represented in violent physical conflict; the others
-represent more of the inner spiritual conflict. The seven knights,
-wearing heavy armor and carrying immense shields, are represented in
-dull gray colors, while our hero, wearing his chain armor over his red
-robe, is easily distinguished by the shining gold of his helmet and the
-red of his shield.
-
-
- “THE KEY TO THE CASTLE”
-
-Sir Galahad defeats the seven knights but he does not slay them, and
-they turn and flee. This signifies that although the seven sins can no
-longer trouble the pure soul, yet they are still about in the world.
-
-Passing the outer gate, Sir Galahad is greeted by the keeper of the
-inner gate, an aged man who blesses him and gives him the key to the
-castle. With helmet in hand, Sir Galahad kneels reverently before the
-saintly man who greets him kindly as he holds toward him the great key.
-
-
- “GALAHAD DELIVERS THE CAPTIVE VIRTUES”
-
-Sir Galahad enters the castle and is welcomed by the maidens, who have
-long been expecting him, for it was according to prophecy that a perfect
-knight should come to deliver them.
-
-Mr. Abbey has represented these maidens as most beautiful in form and
-feature. They are dressed in pale colors such as blue, white, rose, and
-lilac, richly embroidered with gold. Our hero is turned away from us as
-he humbly receives the shyly offered gratitude of the fair maidens. His
-helmet and shield may be seen on the floor beside him. In size and
-importance this large picture is a sort of companion picture to the one
-on the opposite side of the room, “The Round Table of King Arthur.” Both
-are beautiful in color and symmetry.
-
-
- “GALAHAD PARTS FROM HIS BRIDE, BLANCHEFLEUR”
-
-Having released the imprisoned Virtues that they may go about in the
-world doing good, Sir Galahad returns to King Arthur’s court and marries
-the Lady Blanchefleur, to whom he had become betrothed while a pupil of
-Gurnemanz.
-
-On his wedding morning the vision of the Grail appears to him many
-times, and the thought of poor old King Amfortas, awaiting the knight
-who is to release him, saddens Galahad. He is seized with a great desire
-to continue his quest, and finding his young bride in sympathy with his
-ambition, he decides to start out that day on his journey.
-
-The picture represents the bride Blanchefleur seated in her wedding
-clothes, the wreath of roses still on her head and holding a bunch of
-roses in her hands. Sir Galahad waves his hand in parting, preparatory
-to donning his shield and sword, and goes forth to join the companion
-waiting for him at the gate. The bride shows no signs of grief, for she
-knows it is according to the prophecy that he should successfully
-accomplish his quest, and she feels the high purpose which calls him.
-And Galahad goes forth with renewed faith and inspiration to the final
-accomplishment of his great quest.
-
-
- “AMFORTAS RELEASED BY GALAHAD”
-
-After many days he again finds the Castle of the Grail. Upon entering,
-he sees the same procession passing before the unseeing eyes of the
-suffering King Amfortas and his unhappy knights. As before, he cannot
-understand it, but grown wiser by his hard-earned experience, he now
-knows that he must ask the question. His keen sympathy for the king
-brings the involuntary question to his lips, “What aileth thee, O King?
-And what mean these things?” At his words the spell is broken, and all
-is light and life again.
-
-But King Amfortas wishes for nothing more in life than to be permitted
-to die in peace. So in this picture we see Sir Galahad affectionately
-bending over the dying Amfortas as he lifts him up that he may see the
-vision of the Grail, at last made visible to him again. The Angel is
-carrying it away from the castle, and it is not seen again until Sir
-Galahad finally achieves it at Sarras.
-
-
- “GALAHAD THE DELIVERER”
-
-Not only has Sir Galahad released the inmates of the enchanted Castle of
-the Grail, but he has removed the spell that was upon all the country
-round, the Loathly Damsel, and all others. But he has not yet achieved
-the Grail itself. So he starts out once more on his noble white charger,
-surrounded by the grateful people, chief among them the Loathly Damsel
-who so bitterly upbraided him at his first failure. Now restored to
-beauty and virtue, she is kneeling in the foreground of the picture.
-
-The hero rides erect, carrying his banner, and looking straight ahead.
-We see the houses of the people in the background, and catch a glimpse
-of the sea toward which Sir Galahad rides.
-
-
- “THE VOYAGE TO SARRAS,” OR “SOLOMON’S SHIP”
-
-According to the legend it was in the time of the wise King Solomon that
-a ship of mysterious and wonderful workmanship had been built. Just as
-King Solomon was about to go on board strange letters of fire, written
-in the air by an angel, warned him not to enter. As he stepped back, the
-ship suddenly started off by itself and disappeared out to sea. In some
-miraculous way it had been kept all these years to fulfill its destiny
-and bring Sir Galahad to Sarras, where he should achieve the Grail. And
-so, coming to the shore of the sea, he finds there the ship waiting for
-him. Little is known of the city of Sarras, except that it is supposed
-to have been in the Holy Land, and that this was the place where the
-Holy Grail was to be found.
-
-In the picture is represented the voyage to Sarras on King Solomon’s
-ship. It is a frail-looking ship, guided by the Angel of the Grail,
-guarding her treasure. Two knights, Percival and Bors, have been
-permitted to go with Sir Galahad on this journey. They cannot see the
-Grail itself, having sinned once, yet their faith and persistent search
-have made it possible for them to go with him.
-
-
- “THE CITY OF SARRAS”
-
-When they arrived at the city of Sarras, Sir Galahad’s shield was at
-once recognized, and the voyagers were treated as holy men. The knights
-went about doing good, and through the power given them by their purity
-they were enabled to heal the sick and the crippled.
-
-The news of their good works aroused the jealousy and anger of the
-wicked king of that country, who cast the three knights into prison.
-Here they were fed by the Holy Grail. The wicked king grew very ill and
-at last sent for them, begging their mercy. Scarcely had they granted it
-when the king died. The whole city proclaimed Galahad king.
-
-So here in this picture we see Galahad’s sword and shield laid aside,
-his adventures over. Three ships are anchored in the bay of the quiet
-city, and the tall buildings with their stately towers are surrounded by
-a great red wall.
-
-
- “THE GOLDEN TREE AND THE ACHIEVEMENT OF THE GRAIL”
-
-Galahad had been king of Sarras over a year when sailing one day, in his
-ship, he prayed that “when he might ask it, he should pass out of this
-world.” He is promised that his request will be granted and that then he
-shall see the Holy Grail unveiled.
-
-In this picture the Golden Tree signifies his work on earth completed.
-As he kneels and makes his request, his sword and shield, now useless,
-fall from him and the Grail is revealed to his sight. Seven angels with
-wings of crimson surround him. The Grail is borne heavenward, never to
-be seen again on earth. Divine wisdom has been attained.
-
-
-=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Where are the
-original paintings? Why did Mr. Abbey choose this subject? What
-preparation did he make before he painted these pictures? What was the
-legend of the Holy Grail? What power did the Holy Grail not have? What
-happened to King Amfortas? Why did Sir Galahad wish to find the Grail?
-What was required of the knight who should find it? What preparation did
-Sir Galahad make? What strange events made the other knights decide to
-follow Sir Galahad? Why did Sir Galahad fail when he reached the Castle
-of the Grail? How did his failure affect the people about him? Tell
-about the conquest of the Seven Deadly Sins. What became of the seven
-sins, and what does that signify? Tell about Sir Galahad’s final
-success.
-
-
-=To the Teacher=: Pupils may be asked to prepare and give orally short
-descriptions of at least one picture; class discussions should be
-encouraged.
-
-After the entire series has been studied, pupils may choose one of the
-pictures as a subject for English composition work. They will be
-interested in reading Tennyson’s _Sir Galahad_, _The Holy Grail_, or
-other selections from the _Idylls of the King_.
-
-
-=The story of the artist.= Mr. Edwin Austin Abbey was born in
-Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. He is one of the few great American artists
-who has won fame both at home and abroad. Living in Philadelphia, he
-attended the Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts, which he left at the age
-of nineteen to enter the art department of Harper and Brothers, New York
-City. His first success came as an illustrator for their publications.
-It was through the Harpers, too, that he went to England, for they sent
-him there to gather material for some poems which they wished him to
-illustrate. He was especially interested in literary subjects, and while
-in England prepared many of his best illustrations, among them those for
-Shakespeare’s comedies and for Goldsmith’s _She Stoops to Conquer_.
-
-His water colors and pastels were also very popular. His most important
-work in oils—“The Holy Grail,” is in the United States. When this
-picture was almost finished he went, at the request of King Edward VII,
-to paint a picture of the coronation. The groups of figures, with their
-elaborate costumes and rich coloring, offered every inducement to one
-who so loved these things. Mr. Abbey became very popular in England. He
-received many medals, and all possible honors both at home and abroad.
-
-
- SUPPLEMENTARY READINGS
-
- _Idylls of the King_, Tennyson.
- _The Vision of Sir Launfal_, Lowell.
- _The Legend of the Holy Grail_, Baxter.
- _The Quest and Achievement of the Holy Grail_, Henry James.
- _Handbook_ of the Boston Public Library.
-
-
-=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? Where was he
-born? Where did he study? How did he achieve his first success? How did
-he happen to go to England? What is his most important work? Where was
-it painted?
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- From a Copley Print copyright by
- Curtis & Cameron, Publishers, Boston
-]
-
-
-
-
- THE WOLF CHARMER
-
-
-=Questions to arouse interest.= What does this picture represent? What
-is the man doing? What effect does that have upon the wolves? Tell some
-of the general traits of a wolf. How many ever saw a tame wolf? Why do
-you suppose they have not become domesticated like other animals? On
-what is the man playing? Why do you suppose this picture is called “The
-Wolf Charmer”? What kind of a picture would you call it—realistic or
-imaginative?
-
- =Artist=: John La Farge (lȧ färzh’).
- =Birthplace=: New York City, New York.
- =Dates=: Born, 1835; died, 1910.
-
-
-=The story of the picture.= The weird charm of this picture lies in the
-strange, elfish sympathy which this man seems to have with the
-evil-looking wolves, and is increased by our knowledge of the nature and
-disposition of those fierce creatures. We have an instinctive fear of
-them. Perhaps this is due to the fact that very little good has ever
-been said or written about a wolf.
-
-History tells us that packs of wolves once howled around the city of
-Paris all night and even tore people to pieces in the very streets of
-the city. Stories are told of travelers pursued by hungry packs of
-wolves and tales of horror are brought by the very few who have escaped
-with their lives. Legends, fables, myths, and traditions which describe
-the savage ferocity of the wolf are numerous. How often we hear the
-expressions,—“a wolf in sheep’s clothing,” and “keep the wolf from the
-door”!
-
-Such a reputation, coming from so early a date, we may be sure has a
-foundation in fact. We have not been taught to fear these animals
-without reason. Wolves are among the wildest and fiercest of animals,
-and farther removed from human association than any others. Men have
-tried again and again to tame them, but have been successful only in
-rare instances.
-
-Some authorities argue that the fact that wolves have occasionally been
-tamed goes to prove that the wild, ferocious disposition of the wolf is
-the result of circumstances. Very rare instances are known in which
-these creatures have been captured and tamed, following their masters
-like dogs, even making good watch dogs, and learning to bark almost like
-a dog. A merchant in Petrograd drove a pair in harness, having trained
-them when very young. But then we have the story of the Duke of
-Württemberg, who kept a tame wolf in his beautiful Castle of Louisburg.
-It had been trained like a dog, and had never been known to attack any
-one. But suddenly one day without any provocation whatever it flew at an
-officer and bit a piece out of his cheek.
-
-Treachery, caution, and cunning are the qualities usually attributed to
-wolves. No one has ever accused them of stupidity, however. On the other
-hand, trappers have been amazed and chagrined by the shrewdness
-displayed by these animals. When traps have been placed to which a fuse
-of gunpowder was attached, they have frequently been known to gnaw the
-strings so as to prevent the explosion, and then make away with the
-bait, unharmed. Only extreme hunger, however, will ever drive them near
-a trap.
-
-Wolves belong to the same family as dogs and look very much like them.
-We can see in our picture that they are about the same size as a large
-dog, only leaner and more gaunt, and with a wicked expression on their
-faces. This expression comes partly from the eyes, which are oblique or
-slanting, the pupils round; and partly from the muzzle, which is
-somewhat longer than that of most dogs and displays their cruel-looking
-teeth. The ears are rather small and are held erect.
-
-Wolves are very powerful and very active, and their claws and teeth are
-formidable even to look at. All their senses seem unusually well
-developed, so that they can hear, smell, and see an object long before
-we could.
-
-They travel with great speed. Hunters tell us of the tireless gallop
-with which they pursue their prey. A horse can outrun them, but only
-when the distance is not too great.
-
-Wolves are born in dark caverns or in gloomy holes in trees or rocks.
-They are of many different kinds and colors—red, black, white, and gray.
-They are still to be found in many countries, and chiefly in the
-unfrequented and mountainous regions in the northern parts of Europe,
-Russia, and North America; but man has almost succeeded in exterminating
-them. We usually think and read of wolves in packs, but authorities tell
-us that they do not live in communities, and do not go about in groups
-or packs unless in search of prey.
-
-Ernest Thompson Seton describes the three calls of the hunting wolf. The
-first is “the long-drawn, deep howl, the muster that tells of game
-discovered but too strong for the finder to manage alone”; the second
-call is higher, “that ringing and swelling is the cry of the pack on a
-hot scent”; the last is a sharp bark and short howl, which, “seeming
-least of all, is yet a gong of doom, for this is the cry, ‘Close in!
-This is the finish.’”
-
-The “Charmer” in this picture does not impress us as a hunter who has
-been surrounded by wolves and is now turning his music to account in
-making his escape, but rather makes us feel that he has been far within
-the wilderness of rocks and woods calling these animals to him with the
-music of his bagpipe. He has a sort of wild, wolf-like look himself. One
-critic has suggested that he seems to be gnawing the pipes rather than
-playing upon them, and that his toes look like the claws of the wolves.
-
-No doubt he sat on one of those great rocks and played in his most
-seductive way, until he was quite surrounded by the savage creatures.
-
-Can you not imagine him seated thus, drawing the weird yet sweet notes
-from his pipe, as first one pair of shiny eyes peered through the leaves
-or around the rocks, then another, and another, until gradually the
-creatures surrounded him? That music has charms has never been disputed.
-From the earliest history we have read stories of its wonderful subduing
-effect upon animals. A familiar quotation is this of Congreve’s:
-
-
- “Music hath charms to soothe a savage breast,
- To soften rocks, or bend a knotted oak.”
-
-
-You will remember in the poem by Robert Browning, _The Pied Piper of
-Hamelin_, how the old rat explained why he followed the piper: “At the
-first shrill notes.... I heard ... a moving away of pickle-tubboards,
-and a leaving ajar of conserve-cupboards.” He smelled the most delicious
-old cheese in the world, and saw sugar barrels ahead of him, and then,
-just as a great sugar-puncheon seemed to be saying, “Come, bore me,” he
-felt the Weser rolling o’er him. Perhaps it is in some such way as this
-that the music holds these wolves as they follow the narrow path between
-the rocks. Charmed they are no doubt, but not tamed. See how the first
-two fellows seem to be keeping step with the man and the music, as they
-move with that soft, cautious tread of the wild animal.
-
-With the artist, La Farge, this picture was purely imaginative. He
-delighted in all subjects dealing with fairyland or witchcraft.
-
-In this picture we are left to guess what sort of a man this is, and
-where he is going. Some critics speak of him as a sort of centaur, only
-instead of being half horse and half man, he is half wolf and half man.
-However that may be, he is able to control these animals through the
-power of music. He seems a strange, wild creature, indeed, and as we
-look at the picture it almost seems as if he were leaving the trees and
-the companionship of men to go with these wolves to their caves among
-the rocks.
-
-The glimpse of the thick woods in the distance is interesting because of
-the variety in the arrangement and size of the tree trunks, the spots of
-light, and the suggestion of wildness. The picture is made up of curved
-lines which help give us the feeling of rhythm and music.
-
-
-=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= What is there
-unusual about this picture? Describe it. Describe the wolves. Tell
-something of their characteristics; their habits. Why are they feared?
-To what extent should you judge this man has tamed them? Where do they
-usually live? Where can we find wolves now? Why are they such a terror
-to travelers there? In what ways are they stronger than a horse?
-Describe the man in the picture.
-
-
-=To the Teacher=: Fairy tales which may be read in connection with the
-study of this picture are “The Pied Piper of Hamelin,” “The Sorceress,”
-“The Fisherman and the Genii,” and “The Siren’s Song.”
-
-
-=Story of the artist.= In reading the life of John La Farge, the artist,
-we cannot fail to be interested also in the more adventurous one of his
-father before him. For it was in the days of Napoleon the Great that
-Jean La Farge, then a young officer under General Leclerc, was sent to
-the West Indies to suppress an insurrection in Santo Domingo, Haiti.
-Here he was offered the rank of lieutenant if he would remain with the
-land forces, and this he decided to do.
-
-Hardly had the small force of men which he commanded reached the shore,
-when they were surrounded and captured by the natives. He endured the
-agony of looking on while every member of his company was put to death
-by slow torture. Expecting every moment that it would be his turn next,
-he was quite overcome when told that his life would be spared that he
-might teach the rebel leader how to speak and write French. But he was
-closely guarded and allowed very little liberty while the rebellion
-lasted. Then, although still under guard, he was given more freedom.
-
-Most of the natives were of African blood, or a mixture of Spaniard,
-Indian, and negro; but after the rebellion many white men settled on the
-island on account of the advantages of commerce. About a year after La
-Farge was taken prisoner he learned that a general massacre of all the
-white people on the island had been planned. Feeling sure that he would
-be included this time, with two others he made his escape. They secured
-a small rowboat and rowed along the shore until they reached a part of
-the island that belonged to Spain. Here they were fortunate enough to
-find a ship just ready to sail to Philadelphia. All took passage at
-once.
-
-Arrived in America, Jean La Farge became much interested in this
-country. He saw at once the great possibilities in this new land and
-decided to make it his home. He became a trader and for twenty-five
-years he went from place to place, growing very wealthy. Then he bought
-plantations in Louisiana and farm lands in northern New York.
-
-A number of French aristocrats and others formed a French colony in New
-York City, and here Mr. La Farge finally came to live. He married the
-daughter of a former Santo Domingan planter who had joined the colony,
-and it was in New York that their boy, John La Farge, the artist, was
-born, March 31, 1835. The boy was named after his father, Jean Frédéric
-de La Farge, but the name was abbreviated and the English spelling used,
-so that it became John La Farge.
-
-It was a very comfortable home, in some ways luxurious, and his boyhood
-was passed under most favorable circumstances. His grandfather was a
-miniature painter of some note and he gave La Farge his first drawing
-lessons. The boy, however, showed no especial interest or talent for
-drawing. After he had finished a classical course at school, he decided
-to become a lawyer. When he had completed the law course he was sent
-abroad to Paris, to visit his father’s relatives, who were very
-prominent people. Here he met many writers and artists of note, and
-finally began to study painting under Couture. He spent most of his time
-copying the famous paintings in the Louvre, and the etchings of
-Rembrandt. His idea at this time was not to become a painter by
-profession but only to use art as a pastime—he was to earn his living as
-a lawyer. He says, “No one ever struggled more against his destiny than
-I. Nor did I for many years fully acquiesce in being a painter, though I
-learned the methods and studied the problems of my art.”
-
-It was about this time that he met the enthusiastic American painter,
-William Hunt, who so inspired La Farge that he left everything and
-followed him back to Newport, Rhode Island, where he began studying in
-earnest under his new master. The two men became close friends.
-
-It was at Newport that La Farge married Miss Margaret Perry, who was the
-great-granddaughter of Benjamin Franklin and the granddaughter of
-Commodore Perry, so well known as commander of the American fleet in the
-Battle of Lake Erie. They lived in Newport during the summer, but spent
-their winters in New York City.
-
-At the time of the Civil War, La Farge wished to enlist, but failed to
-pass the physical examination because he was nearsighted. Then, giving
-himself entirely to his art, he succeeded in working out his own
-methods.
-
-His first paintings were for church decorations—the most important being
-“Saint Paul,” “The Madonna,” and “Saint John.” The last two were painted
-for the Church of St. Peter in New York City.
-
-Then came a severe illness from which La Farge recovered very slowly,
-and it was nearly three years before he could become an active painter
-again. In the meantime he began drawing on wood, illustrating Browning’s
-and Longfellow’s poems, and Tennyson’s _Enoch Arden_. Later another trip
-abroad resulted in the exhibition of his paintings in the galleries
-there. He made a careful study of stained-glass windows and by much
-experimenting he discovered a way to produce an opalescent effect in
-stained glass and to make the glass look like that in the very old
-cathedrals.
-
-La Farge was always interested in mural or wall decorations for public
-buildings, and he felt that our buildings in America lacked very much in
-that respect. He made a special study of this work, and ten years later
-he began his mural decorations for Trinity Church in Boston. It was one
-of the first buildings so decorated in this country, and the work was
-accomplished under great difficulties. The workmen did not understand
-just what they were to do, the right kind of materials could not always
-be obtained and so had to be prepared, and the people, having no idea of
-the task, required that the work be finished in an unreasonably short
-time. The result was that La Farge and his assistants were compelled to
-work night and day, in very cold weather, and under many disadvantages.
-However, when the scaffolding was finally removed the decoration was
-considered a great success. La Farge was then asked to decorate St.
-Thomas’ Church in New York.
-
-The artist now began to decorate windows too, that they might be a part
-of the mural decorations. One of his first window designs was placed in
-the Congregational Church at Newport, then one in Memorial Hall, Harvard
-University. They are wonderful in color and design, containing almost
-every known kind of glass and every precious stone. Then came demands
-from all over the country for both public buildings and private homes.
-He was honored both in this country and abroad.
-
-In 1886 La Farge went to Japan. While there he sent a series of very
-interesting letters to the _Century Magazine_ describing his travels.
-These letters have since been published in book form. La Farge also
-wrote _Considerations on Painting_, a series of books on the _Great
-Masters_, and the Japanese _Hokusai_.
-
-Some of his best-known windows and mural decorations are the Watson
-Memorial Window in Trinity Church, Buffalo; “The Ascension,” a fresco in
-the Church of Ascension, New York City; “Athens,” in the Art Gallery at
-Bowdoin College, Maine; “Law,” in the Supreme Court Room, St. Paul; and
-“Lawgivers,” in the Court House, Baltimore.
-
-
-=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? Tell about his
-father’s experiences in the West Indies. How did the elder La Farge
-happen to come to America? What did he do in this country? Where and
-when was the artist born? What education did he receive? Where did he go
-after he finished college? How did he seem to regard painting at this
-time? What American artist encouraged him to study art? Tell about his
-progress; his marriage; his travels. Tell about his first mural
-decoration. Why was it so difficult to accomplish? To what did this
-lead? Tell about his window designs. Where can we see some of La Farge’s
-work? What books did he write?
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- AMERICAN ILLUSTRATORS
-
-
-=The antiquity of illustration.= The desire for pictures illustrating
-ideas dates back no doubt to the beginning of the world. The cave
-dweller left a record of such an ambition on the carved walls of his
-rude house and on the handle of his battle ax. Savages made of
-themselves living illustrations, by painting their bodies in gay colors
-and designs representing their ideas of beauty. The Egyptians used stone
-and papyrus for mediums of expression, while a century later parchment
-and vellum were used.
-
-Each illustration was a finished piece of work. In order to reproduce
-it, the artist must make a new one each time. Then some one discovered
-the block print. The design or illustration was cut in wood, then inked
-and placed on sheets of paper much as we use block prints now. Playing
-cards were produced in this way long before books appeared. It was but a
-step from printing a whole page of type to separating the letters so
-they could be rearranged and used many times. The Chinese understood
-printing with movable type centuries before we ever thought of it.
-
-Since the time the printing press was finally invented there have been
-new processes and new methods, but an illustration as such has remained
-unchanged. Joseph Pennell tells us in his book on the _Illustration of
-Books_ that an illustration “is a design intended to give an artist’s
-idea of an incident, episode, or topographical site, or it may be but a
-mere diagram referred to by a writer.”
-
-=Requirements for an illustrator.= A good illustrator requires good
-preparatory training. He should know how to draw well, and should have a
-good education in general subjects, that he may be able to illustrate
-intelligently the various subjects that will come before him. He must be
-able to select the important things in the author’s work and so
-represent them that the attention of the public will be drawn to them.
-In order that his pictures may be properly reproduced he must understand
-the process and make his work comply with its limitations for good work.
-To be successful he must be sure of his material, and his subjects must
-please both the author and the general public.
-
-=The process of illustration.= An illustration is usually first sketched
-with a pencil on stiff paper or bristol board, the size it is to be when
-completed or in some relation to it. That is, it may be enlarged or
-reduced when printed. Perhaps the most popular method is to make the
-drawing twice as large as the finished print. This pencil sketch is then
-corrected and finally drawn in with pen and ink or brush.
-
-The finished drawing is photographed on the plate to be used, and
-finished according to some one of many different processes.
-
-=Illustration in the United States.= It was not until after the Civil
-War, in 1861, that illustration began to play an important part in the
-magazines and books of this country. To be sure, caricature had long
-been popular in the newspapers of the day, Thomas Nast having made his
-famous political cartoons during the war. Illustration in its more
-serious sense, however, received its first awakening when La Farge
-illustrated Tennyson’s _Enoch Arden_ and other poems. Some authorities
-declare that E. A. Abbey’s pen-and-ink drawings and illustrations of the
-works of Goldsmith were the first of importance in America.
-
-Most of our best illustrators have contributed to the leading magazines,
-and so we are able to judge their work.
-
-A few of the most prominent names are:
-
- ARTIST CHARACTERISTIC WORK
-
- Howard Pyle Colonial times in New
- England.
-
- W. A. Woolf Life of street arabs;
- humorous.
-
- E. W. Kemble Negro life.
-
- W. A. Rogers Tenement districts;
- pathetic.
-
- A. B. Frost American life.
-
- Elihu Vedder Rubáiyát of Omar Khayám.
-
- C. D. Gibson American girl.
-
- F. Remington The Indian.
-
- Reginald Birch Children’s stories.
-
- A. B. Wenzell Society life.
-
- Alice Barber Childhood.
- Stevens
-
- Howard C. The Christy girl.
- Christy
-
- H. B. Taylor Longfellow’s poems.
-
-
-=Questions about the art of illustration.= When and how did people first
-begin to illustrate? How did these illustrations differ from ours in
-execution? Of what use was a wood-block print? To what did this lead?
-What preparatory training does a good illustrator need? Tell something
-of the process, or how illustrations are made. Tell something of the
-history of illustration in the United States. Name some of the
-best-known illustrators. Who is your favorite illustrator? why? Is it
-the subject of his illustration or his execution that appeals to you the
-more?
-
-
-=To the Teacher=: The lesson may be assigned by topics to various pupils
-for preparation and recitation.
-
- 1. The History of Illustration.
- 2. Illustration in the United States.
- 3. What Constitutes a Good Illustration?
- 4. Your Favorite Illustrator and Why.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- Copyright by the Curtis Publishing Co. From a Copley
- Print copyright by Curtis & Cameron, Boston
-]
-
-
-
-
- EVANGELINE
-
-
-=Questions to arouse interest.= How many of you have read _Evangeline_
-by Henry Wadsworth Longfellow? Why do you suppose this picture is so
-named? Describe the Evangeline in this picture—her appearance,
-expression, and surroundings. Where do you think she is going? why? How
-many of you think she is coming home from church? why? Describe the
-house near the road; the people you see. What can you say of the
-perspective of this road? What impression does this picture give you—one
-of peace, plenty, quiet, or the reverse, and why?
-
-
- EVANGELINE
-
-
- “Fair was she to behold, that maiden of seventeen summers.
- Black were her eyes as the berry that grows on the thorn by the
- wayside,
- Black, yet how softly they gleamed beneath the brown shade of her
- tresses.
-
- Fairer was she when, on Sunday morn, while the bell from its turret
- Sprinkled with holy sounds the air, as the priest with his hyssop
- Sprinkles the congregation, and scatters blessings upon them,
- Down the long street she passed, with her chaplet of beads and her
- missal,
- Wearing her Norman cap and her kirtle of blue, and the ear-rings,
- Brought in the olden time from France, and since, as an heirloom,
- Handed down from mother to child, through long generations.
- But a celestial brightness—a more ethereal beauty—
- Shone on her face and encircled her form, when after confession,
- Homeward serenely she walked with God’s benediction upon her.
- When she had passed, it seemed like the ceasing of exquisite music.”
- —_Evangeline_, by Henry W. Longfellow
-
-
- =Artist=: William Ladd Taylor.
- =Birthplace=: Grafton, Massachusetts.
- =Dates=: Born, 1854.
-
-
-=The story of the picture.= In illustrating Henry Wadsworth Longfellow’s
-poem _Evangeline_, Mr. Taylor has chosen to represent the heroine during
-the happiest part of her life, and before anything very exciting or at
-all strange began to happen, unless, perhaps, we feel that it is strange
-and wonderful that there should be such a little village as Grand-Pré,
-where Evangeline lived. History tells us that such a village did exist
-in Acadie—or Nova Scotia, Canada, as we call it now. The French and
-English had quarreled bitterly over this island, for each wanted
-possession of its fisheries. The English claimed the territory by right
-of discovery, and they finally secured possession of it.
-
-Most of the people living there were French and had been given the
-privilege of leaving within two years. Though they desired to remain,
-yet they refused to take the oath of allegiance, and their oath of
-fidelity to the British king was accepted instead. They were exempted
-from bearing arms against their own countrymen, allowed to enjoy their
-religion, to have magistrates of their own selection, and, in fact, they
-had been permitted to do about as they pleased. Each man owned his farm
-and his stock, and all that goes to make a life of usefulness as well as
-of plenty and content.
-
-Mr. Longfellow tells us:
-
-
- “Vast meadows stretched to the eastward,
- Giving the village its name, and pasture to flocks without number.
-
- Sea-fogs pitched their tents, and mists from the mighty Atlantic
- Looked on the happy valley, but ne’er from their station descended.
- There, in the midst of its farms, reposed the Acadian village.
- Strongly built were the houses, with frames of oak and of hemlock,
- Such as the peasants of Normandy built in the reign of the Henries.
- Thatched were the roofs, with dormer windows; and gables projecting
- Over the basement below protected and shaded the doorway.”
-
-
-How carefully Mr. Taylor studied all these details is shown by the way
-he represents the main street of the little village of Grand-Pré. How
-much more picturesque these thatched-roofed houses are than some of our
-more costly and elaborate modern homes! A roof made of simple framework,
-however, covered with thick layers of skillfully arranged straw or
-reeds, called thatch, does not seem very practicable to us in these
-days.
-
-It is not difficult to determine who is the center of interest in this
-picture. We recognize Evangeline with her white Normandy cap, her kirtle
-or short jacket with its flowing sleeves, and we can even distinguish
-her beads. Her missal, or Roman Catholic mass book, is clasped in both
-hands as she passes quietly down the street, and the expression in her
-face is one of perfect peace and happiness.
-
-She has passed the group of visiting women, as well as the two men
-standing by the gate who have turned to look after her. We know that she
-has greeted them all pleasantly, if a bit absently, and it is plain that
-she has now forgotten them again in the absorption of her mind.
-
-Although the picture does not even suggest the strange and adventurous
-future before her, still it is all the more pleasing because it gives us
-a glimpse of Evangeline in the hour of peace and happiness. We are made
-to feel the secret of the reserve strength of our heroine who, thus
-fortified, will be equal to all that must befall her. We shall wish to
-read again Mr. Longfellow’s poem _Evangeline_.
-
-According to the story, Evangeline keeps house for her father, who is
-known as the wealthiest farmer of Grand-Pré. He is well on in years,
-genial, kindly, always looking on the bright side of life, and his home
-is known far and wide for its hospitality and cheer. The house is out a
-little way from the village and is built on the side of a hill, so that
-it commands a fine view of the ocean. Meadows, orchards, great barns
-with their dovecotes, beehives, a well with its moss-grown bucket,
-weathercocks, and sheepfolds complete the picture.
-
-One of the farmer’s best friends is Basil, the blacksmith, who is a much
-honored man in the village. He has one son, Gabriel. Evangeline and
-Gabriel have played together as children, have grown up together, and
-now they are engaged to be married. Already the contract is signed, the
-dower of the bride in flocks of sheep and in cattle has been determined,
-and all is ready for the wedding feast.
-
-
- “Fairest of all the maids was Evangeline, Benedict’s daughter!
- Noblest of all the youths was Gabriel, son of the blacksmith!”
-
-
-But their wedding is almost forgotten because of the terrible events
-which prevent it. For several days a fleet of English ships has been
-observed approaching the harbor with their guns pointed toward the
-peaceful little village of Grand-Pré. On the very day set for the
-wedding, the English soldiers land and demand the surrender of all their
-arms in the name of the king. All the men are commanded to assemble in
-the meetinghouse at noon of that day. The people drive in from all the
-country around, a happy, care-free crowd, thinking that, since they have
-harmed no one, no harm can come to them.
-
-But once in the meetinghouse the soldiers lock and bolt the door while
-the commander reads the king’s proclamation from the pulpit. It is
-terrible beyond all belief, for it not only commands that they forfeit
-all their lands, dwellings, and cattle to the crown, but that they and
-their families shall be transported to other lands. A great cry arises,
-and all the men rush to the doorway. But there is no means of escape,
-for the soldiers are well armed and prepared.
-
-Then Basil the blacksmith calls upon them all to resist and is promptly
-felled by a soldier. All is angry commotion when the door of the chancel
-opens and Father Felician, whom all revere, stands before them
-commanding their silence. He appeals to their faith, and their reverence
-for the house of God, and by his wise counsel succeeds in quieting his
-people. Meanwhile the women wait outside in the churchyard, fearful when
-the tumult is greatest but reassured when all is quiet again. Hour after
-hour passes by and still they wait.
-
-At length the door of the meetinghouse opens and a soldier appears.
-Again the fearful proclamation is read. Then the women are commanded to
-pack their household goods and be ready for sailing on the fifth day.
-
-Now indeed a great cry of distress arises, echoed by the men, who are
-still held prisoners. Then, in obedience to a second command, the women
-depart for their homes. With heavy hearts they begin their packing.
-Evangeline, left alone without father or lover, looks at the table set
-for the wedding feast and at all the signs of rejoicing, then softly
-goes back to the meetinghouse. There she calls Gabriel by name several
-times but receives no answer.
-
-On the fifth day all is ready. The great wains empty their loads on the
-shore, and the women and children are waiting. At last, at a signal, the
-church door is thrown open and the prisoners march to the boats. Then
-comes the most terrible part of all. In their haste the soldiers
-separate families, placing some members in one ship, some in another.
-
-Gabriel and his father are placed in different ships, while Evangeline
-and her father remain on the shore awaiting the last boat. And then
-comes the fearful sight of their homes and barns in flames, and the
-utter destruction of the village.
-
-The horror and injustice of it all are too great for Evangeline’s
-father, who dies there upon the shore. Evangeline, left thus alone and
-crushed by her sorrow, scarce knows when she is led into the ship or
-when the ships depart.
-
-Many days pass before the people are landed on a foreign shore. Then the
-first thought of all is to seek relatives and friends.
-
-The rest of the story tells of Evangeline’s long search for Gabriel and
-her many discouragements as she follows this rumor and that. The priest,
-Father Felician, goes with her on the journey, encouraging and helping
-her.
-
-Once Gabriel and Evangeline pass each other on the water, but it is
-during the night and neither is aware that the other is so near. Gabriel
-finds his father but, restless and unhappy, he does not remain with him
-long. And so it happens that when Evangeline at length finds Basil the
-blacksmith, Gabriel is not with him. He had left just the day before. So
-Basil sets out with Evangeline in search of his son.
-
-After years of patience and perseverance, rewarded only by failure,
-Evangeline ceases her wandering and becomes a nurse. And then it is she
-finds Gabriel, on his deathbed.
-
-It is a sad but beautiful story, and it is all founded on facts. Not
-only was there such a village as Grand-Pré with just such people living
-in it, but it is also true that in 1755 King George II of England sent
-his fleet to scatter them among the other British provinces. He believed
-that these people aided the Indians and, because of the almost
-independent character of the colony, embarrassed the local government.
-
-As we read the story we cannot but be glad that Mr. Taylor chose the
-Evangeline of the happy days of Grand-Pré, rather than any other picture
-of her that he might have shown us.
-
-The soft tones in the picture are especially pleasing, as well as the
-few strong notes of color in the dresses and the houses. The perspective
-of the road is made interesting by the figures in it, as well as by the
-houses and trees on each side. Note the difference in size of the
-various figures according to their distance. This makes the road appear
-longer and more winding.
-
-
-=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Where did
-Evangeline live? Describe the village of Grand-Pré. Of what nationality
-were most of the people? How did they happen to be under English rule?
-What special privileges were they given? Who was the British king at the
-time of this story? Why did he wish to dispose of the Acadians? How did
-he do this? What became of the village? of the houses? of the people?
-their cattle, horses, sheep? Who was Evangeline? Gabriel? Basil the
-blacksmith? What event was to take place the day the king’s proclamation
-was read? Where was the proclamation read? What effect did it have upon
-the men? upon the women? What part of the story is represented in the
-picture? If you were to draw just one picture from this story, which
-would you choose? why?
-
-
-=The story of the artist.= As in the case of so many of our living
-artists, we know very little of the details of Mr. Taylor’s life. We do
-know that William Ladd Taylor was born at Grafton, Massachusetts,
-December 10, 1854, and that most of his education was received at
-Worcester, Massachusetts. He attended art schools in Boston and New
-York, and studied one year in Paris, France. He has traveled
-extensively, making a special study of mediæval architecture, costumes,
-and customs.
-
-Owing to ill health, Mr. Taylor spent a year in Colorado, which proved
-most beneficial. There he produced several paintings, two of the best
-known being “The Caribou Hunter” and “Shooting the Rapids.” Mr. Taylor
-has lived most of his life in or near Boston.
-
-He has painted a series of pictures representing nineteenth-century New
-England; a series of pictures of the pioneer West; and the Longfellow
-series, including “Evangeline,” “Minnehaha and Hiawatha,” “The Village
-Blacksmith,” “The Hanging of the Crane,” “Maidenhood,” “The Old Clock on
-the Stairs,” “The Building of the Ship,” “Priscilla and John Alden,”
-“The Children’s Hour,” and others. Other paintings are the Psalm Series;
-Old Song Series; Our Home and Country, a book of pictures of American
-life; “The Earl’s Return,” illustrating Owen Meredith’s poem; and
-“Rosita,” illustrating Bret Harte’s _The Mystery of the Hacienda_.
-
-
-=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? Where was he
-born? What education did he receive? Name some of his best paintings.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CARTOONS AND CARICATURES
-
-
-=Significance of this form of illustration.= Very little or no
-distinction is made between the two words, caricature and cartoon, as we
-use them at the present day. Yet the word caricature instantly suggests
-something made ridiculous or absurd in a spirit of attack or burlesque,
-while a cartoon may be merely a suggestive representation of any person
-or idea of present interest. A caricature always makes ridiculous, but a
-cartoon may either ridicule or praise, and although usually humorous, it
-is more serious in its aims and subjects.
-
-To cartoon a public man once meant to insult him. If by any chance he
-had some prominent physical defect it was hailed with delight, and made
-the butt of the cartoonists’ characterizations. Now our best cartoonists
-would not stoop to secure recognition by such means; they are more
-considerate, and we are allowed to appreciate their clever
-representations without feeling the sting of resentment, even though our
-sympathies are on the other side. But our cartoonists of to-day do not
-spend all their time representing the political issues; they also deal
-with the affairs of everyday life.
-
-We are told that the word cartoon originally meant a design or model for
-a large picture in fresco, oil, tapestry, statuary, glass, or mosaic.
-The most famous of these are the cartoons of Raphael, Leonardo da Vinci,
-and Michelangelo. But in 1843 a great exhibit of cartoons was held at
-Westminster Hall, London, from which the fresco decorations for the new
-houses of Parliament were to be chosen. At that time _Punch_ declared
-itself a competitor, and presented its claims in its most humorous
-manner. The most absurd caricatures were dignified by the name cartoon,
-and the reasons why they should be accepted were set forth in a most
-laughable manner. For some time after this _Punch_ continued to use the
-name cartoon for its representations, and when it would have gone back
-to the term caricature the public would not permit it. Perhaps the fact
-that the word cartoon is so much easier to pronounce had something to do
-with it.
-
-
-=To the Teacher=: Pupils should be encouraged to bring good cartoons to
-school. These may be collected, and the best put up where all can see
-and be ready to discuss as to size, composition, variety, number, and
-color of lines used in expressing the idea.
-
-
-=History of caricature and cartoon.= It is hard for us to realize that
-caricature is as old as man’s ability to express himself with chisel,
-pen, or ink. Away back in the time of the Assyrians and Egyptians we
-find certain caricatures representing grotesque figures drawn on
-papyrus. The Greeks caricatured their gods and heroes, although their
-sense of the beautiful made it impossible for them to distort the human
-figure. In Rome they were not so particular, and one caricature
-representing a dwarf philosopher preaching to a fox has been handed down
-to us in many different forms. During the Middle Ages caricatures were
-made of such unpopular ideas and experiences as Satan, death, pride,
-hatred, and so forth.
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- By permission of Mr. John T. McCutcheon
- _Baseball, Golf, Election Returns, and Swatting the Fly_
-]
-
-
-The invention of the printing press greatly increased the power and
-influence of the caricature, in spite of the many regulations and
-hindrances that had to be complied with. During the Revolution, Napoleon
-I tried to repress caricature in France, and on this account the English
-made him a special victim of their ridicule. The kings and aristocracy
-that held sway after the Restoration next became the subject of satire.
-Then in 1830 came the invention of lithography and, with the increasing
-freedom of the press, caricature, of course, reached its height. Poor
-Louis Philippe, of France, was the most caricatured of all the kings,
-because of his pear-shaped head, which was so easy to draw. In London,
-caricature became more and more popular with the founding of _Punch_ in
-1841. The best-known contributor to _Punch_ was Du Maurier, whose
-burlesques of aristocratic society in England were taken in good part.
-In Germany, Wilhelm Scholz’s caricatures of Bismarck are famous. And so
-on through all the countries, we find traces of the art of caricature.
-
-In America we find Benjamin Franklin first on the list. We are told that
-the talent came naturally to him, as his grandfather and father before
-him had shown considerable ingenuity in that direction but had not
-ventured to express it except in the signs and printed handbills
-advertising their trade. It was the custom at that time to advertise by
-means of pictures or representations—a gilt Bible in front of a store
-meant a book store; an anchor, naval supplies; the figure of a mermaid,
-an ale house; a gilt sheaf, a paper store, and so on. The figure of an
-East Indian queen gayly dressed in a many-colored gown advertised the
-store belonging to Franklin’s grandfather, where he offered “to dye into
-colors” all cloth, silk, and calico. The handbills which he sent out
-were more elaborate, representing the same queen but with two servants,
-one holding up her train, the other holding a parasol over her. All
-public buildings were easily recognized by the carved royal lion and
-unicorn.
-
-Benjamin’s brother James started the first sensational newspaper in
-Boston, Massachusetts, in 1721. This paper was called the _Courant_, and
-to it Benjamin Franklin first contributed his articles and caricatures.
-Their wit was not appreciated by the sober people of Boston, and it was
-not long before the brother was put in prison on account of his
-editorials. Benjamin continued the paper, fearlessly ridiculing in
-writing and pictures not only Harvard College but the ministers and
-well-known church members. The people were now thoroughly aroused, and
-soon both brothers were forbidden to print their paper.
-
-So far, however, work in caricature had been crude and was to be
-completely overshadowed by the brilliant Thomas Nast, the great
-political cartoonist. Mr. William M. Tweed was the first political
-“boss,” and the subject of Mr. Nast’s cartoons. He represented that
-leader’s face as a money bag with dollar signs as features, and in this
-strange way he somehow managed to secure a very good likeness of the
-man. It is even said that when at last Tweed was forced to run away to
-escape imprisonment, he was recognized and caught through the
-familiarity of all with his cartooned face. Mr. Nast’s cartoons were
-published in _Harper’s Weekly_, and became so popular that they opened a
-way for the publication of a new humorous magazine, _Puck_. Then came
-_Judge_ and _Life_. These three are devoted mainly to cartoons.
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- By permission of Mr. John T. McCutcheon
- _The Mounted Policeman’s Lot Is Not a Happy One_
-]
-
-
-Now many weekly journals, as _Harper’s_, _Leslie’s_, and a monthly
-magazine called _Cartoons_, make this a special feature. Nearly every
-newspaper in the country contains at least one cartoon in each issue,
-and many have their own cartoonists, whose time is busily occupied
-preparing drawings for the daily issues.
-
-Then, too, the Sunday supplements are full of them, and we have become
-well acquainted with Frederick Burr Opper, creator of “Happy Hooligan,”
-“The Folks in Funnyville,” “Alphonse and Gaston,” “Maud, the Matchless,”
-“John Bull,” and others; Richard Felton Outcault, creator of “Hogan’s
-Alley,” “Yellow Kid,” “Buster Brown,” “Buster, Mary Jane, and Tige”; A.
-B. Frost, creator of “Tragedy of the Kind Hearted Man and the Ungrateful
-Bull Calf” and “The Spinster’s Cat That Ate Rat Poison,”; Carl Emil
-Schultze, known as “Bunny,” creator of “Foxy Grandpa” and “Bunny’s Blue
-Book,” and many others.
-
-=Requirements.= A good cartoon must show the real characteristics of the
-original, exaggerated, yet easy to recognize. A picture that will tell
-its story at a glance can be understood by all, and will be remembered
-long after paragraphs are forgotten. So it is readily seen what a power
-for good may be found in the daily cartoon.
-
-It is necessary that a good cartoonist have a clear sense of form,
-although great freedom is allowed in his drawing and no attempt is made
-for a studied or accurate representation. He should be a keen observer
-and well informed, especially on all topics of daily interest, and
-possessed of much originality and a ready pencil.
-
-=Process of making a cartoon.= A general idea may be given of how a
-cartoon is made. First, the cartoonist must have a subject or an idea to
-be represented. This is sometimes suggested by the city editor, by
-members of the staff, or more often left entirely to the judgment of the
-artist. Then the idea is usually sketched in with pencil on a piece of
-medium weight cardboard, corrected, and then finished in pen and ink.
-Black ink is used with pens of various sizes depending upon the width of
-line desired. The best cartoonists use lines of different widths. Often
-we find a strong bold line for the foreground, a medium line for the
-middle distance, and a thin line for extreme distance. The drawing is
-usually made twice the size it is to appear in the paper. When sent to
-the printer a photograph is made of the drawing of the size required.
-The film is then stripped off the plate and put on a heavier, thicker
-plate and printed through on a piece of zinc, covered with some
-substance which is not affected by acid. The zinc is then placed in an
-acid bath which eats away the parts exposed to light in the printing,
-leaving the lines of the drawing untouched.
-
-
- JOHN T. McCUTCHEON
-
-One of the best-known of our cartoonists is Mr. John Tinney McCutcheon,
-of the _Chicago Tribune_. He is one of a comparatively small number of
-cartoonists who have studied art and understand the principles governing
-it. Many have not had this special training, and must rely entirely upon
-the clever idea represented and the natural skill which they possess.
-Besides this preparation Mr. McCutcheon is a graduate of Purdue
-University, Purdue, Indiana. He has traveled around the world, and seems
-to have qualified himself for his work in an ideal way. An eyewitness of
-the Battle of Manila Bay during the Spanish War, he sent a detailed
-account to the _Chicago Record_ which was one of the “most notable
-events of journalism in connection with the war.” He also visited many
-places in the Orient, in the Philippines, and was with the Boer Army in
-Africa as correspondent for the _Record_. In 1900 he returned to Chicago
-as political cartoonist for this paper, but later accepted a position
-with the _Chicago Tribune_.
-
-Mr. McCutcheon is also an author, having published _Stories of Filipino
-Warfare_, and several series of cartoons in book form, as _Boy in
-Springtime Series_, and others. As a lecturer he has proved very popular
-in Lyceum and Chautauqua courses.
-
-It is interesting to know that the dog appearing so often in his earlier
-cartoons was first introduced merely because there was a space in his
-picture that needed filling. The same thing happened several times, and
-when later he made a cartoon without the dog, people wrote and asked him
-what had become of it.
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- By permission of Mr. John T. McCutcheon
- _When Newspapers Are Scarce_
-]
-
-
-George Ade, in his introduction to the _Boy in Springtime Series_, has
-summed up Mr. McCutcheon’s qualities as a cartoonist in this way:
-“Clever execution, gentle humor, considerate treatment of public men,
-and wisdom in getting away from political subjects and giving us a few
-pictures of everyday life, which is our real interest.”
-
-
-=Questions about the art.= What is the difference between a cartoon and
-a caricature? How did the word cartoon come to have its present meaning?
-What kind of a magazine is _Punch_? Tell something of the early history
-of caricatures and cartoons. What effect did the invention of the
-printing press have upon them? Who was the first American caricaturist?
-Tell about Benjamin Franklin and his newspaper. What magazines publish
-cartoons now? What is your idea of a good cartoon? What subjects are
-usually chosen in newspaper cartoons? What good can they do in the
-world? what harm? What preparation is it necessary for a cartoonist to
-have? What preparation has Mr. J. T. McCutcheon made for his work? Tell
-something of his life and his cartoons.
-
-
-=To the Teacher=: The lesson may be prepared by assigning subjects to
-various pupils as follows:
-
- 1. Meaning of the Terms Caricature and Cartoon.
- 2. Events Leading to the New Meaning of the Word Cartoon.
- 3. The History of Caricatures and Cartoons.
- 4. Caricatures and Cartoons To-day.
- 5. A Good Cartoon.
- 6. A Good Cartoonist.
- 7. Of What Benefit to the World Are Caricatures and Cartoons?
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- ENGRAVINGS, ETCHINGS, PRINTS
-
-
-When we visit an art gallery we find pictures in all mediums—oil, water
-color, pastel, charcoal, pencil, pen and ink; and then farther on we
-find photographs, etchings, engravings (steel, copper, and wood), and
-lithographs.
-
-It takes much careful study and practice before we can expect to
-recognize the medium or process used. Most of us recognize water color,
-oil, pencil, charcoal, and pastel work, but prints made from engravings,
-etchings, and photographic plates are more difficult to distinguish.
-
-At the time most of our famous old masters were painting, photography
-was unknown and the first etchings and engravings were laboriously done
-by hand and usually by the artists themselves. Now, the time and expense
-of hand work are so great that, although the important lines are still
-put in by hand, yet the camera plays an essential part in most etchings
-and engravings. Originally the artist drew direct on the steel, copper,
-or wood block, but as the drawing must be reversed, it required a great
-deal of skill to do this. It was only after much practice that the
-engraver could reverse his sketch as he drew it, and in most cases he
-either made a reversed study on paper to work from, or fastened his
-drawing opposite a mirror and drew from that. As soon as photography
-came into use all this was simplified, as the drawing was reversed in
-the photograph and much time was saved. In the case of wood engraving,
-which is the cheapest and most perishable, the picture is photographed
-directly upon the block of wood. The steel, copper, or zinc plates are
-often covered with some waxy substance and the design drawn upon them
-with fine engraver’s tools. After the drawing is completed there are
-three distinct processes of engraving:
-
-1. The lines of the drawing are sunk below the surface of the plate, as
-in etchings and steel and copper-plate engravings.
-
-2. The background is cut away or eaten by acids, leaving the lines in
-relief as in wood engravings, half tones, and zinc plates.
-
-3. There is no relief or depression, but the surface is smooth, as in
-lithographs.
-
-In etchings and steel and copper plates the surface is usually covered
-with a waxy substance, or something which resists the action of acid.
-Then it is often smoked so that it will be easier to see the lines of
-the drawing which are made with fine steel tools, cutting through the
-wax to the surface of the metal. It is not the intention to cut the
-metal, but merely to scratch through the coat of wax to expose the
-metal. Then the plate is put in acid, and each line is eaten into a
-groove varying in depth according to how long it is left in the acid. If
-some of the lines are not deep enough, the rest of the plate may be
-covered with the waxy substance and it may be put in the acid many times
-until all lines are the desired depth.
-
-A print is made from this plate by covering it with ink, allowing the
-ink to fill the grooves, and wiping the rest of the plate clean. Then
-paper is pressed upon it.
-
-Rembrandt ranks first among etchers. Other well-known artists are
-Albrecht Dürer, Van Dyck, and James McNeill Whistler.
-
-In wood engravings, half tones, and zinc plates the picture is either
-drawn or photographed upon the plate. Then the spaces between the lines
-are either cut away with the sharp steel tools of the engraver, which
-vary in shape and size, or, the lines being protected by the waxy
-substance, the surfaces between are eaten away by acid. Thus the
-original lines are raised higher than the rest of the plate. The raised
-lines are then inked and pressed against the paper. A wooden block may
-also be molded into a “metal cast” in order to preserve the engraving.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- LITHOGRAPHY
-
-
-“Lithography is the art of drawing or writing upon stone.” The best
-lithograph stone is found in Bavaria, and is usually cut from three to
-four inches thick, varying in size from six by eight inches to
-forty-four by sixty-four. The larger sizes are very rare. It is said
-that drawings may be removed and one stone used as many as two hundred
-times. Sometimes zinc or aluminum plates are used as a substitute.
-
-The drawing must be reversed and should be drawn direct upon the stone,
-although transfer paper is sometimes used. The ink or crayon used is
-made of fatty substances, and when the drawing is complete the stone is
-bathed with a solution which fixes the lines permanently and gives them
-a greater attraction for fatty substances, such as printers’ ink. The
-spaces between the lines, however, do not attract the ink, so that when
-a roller of ink is passed over the stone, only the lines are affected. A
-piece of paper is then pressed upon the stones by the aid of the
-printing press, and every line of the drawing is reproduced.
-
-The art of engraving on metal plates is not new. It is mentioned in the
-Bible in the twenty-eighth chapter of Exodus, thirty-sixth verse. The
-Israelites probably learned the art from the Egyptians, for they, as
-well as the Assyrians, engraved upon both stone and metal. Copper
-engravings have been found in mummy cases. The Egyptians do not seem to
-have thought of printing from these plates, however. In India and China
-the art dates back to remote times. Marco Polo describes money made in
-China by stamping it with a seal covered with vermilion.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- THE SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS
-
-
-=Studying pictures.= A few days before a picture is to be studied, it
-should be placed where all members of the class can see it.
-
-As a preparation for the lessons on Illustration and Cartoons, pupils
-should be told at least a week in advance, so that they may save good
-examples to bring to class.
-
-Most teachers seem to feel that the pupils are more interested in this
-work when it is prepared and presented by members of the class. Equally
-good results, however, are sometimes secured when the teacher provides
-the subject-matter and leads the discussion.
-
-Pupils are sometimes able to bring in specimens of copper, steel, or
-zinc plates, and if a friend or a member of some pupil’s family is a
-printer, engraver, or lithographer, permission may be obtained for the
-class to visit his place of business. In that case, a visit would be
-much more beneficial than a classroom lesson.
-
-Visits to an art museum, when possible, are equally instructive. Pupils
-of grammar-school age have a tendency to criticize pictures, or, perhaps
-we should say, to make remarks about them which often cause others to
-laugh. This practice soon grows into a habit which, unfortunately, is
-not confined to children alone, as any visit to an exhibition of
-paintings will show. I have used the following little story many times
-and found it helped to discourage this habit: The students at an art
-school in New York were taken for their first visit to the great
-Metropolitan Art Gallery. It was their first week at school, and they
-were strangers to the city, to the school, to the teacher, and, with but
-few exceptions, to each other. The afternoon passed all too quickly. The
-next day their instructor began to question them. What did they think of
-this picture? Of that? The first pupil gave a severe criticism of the
-picture mentioned, as did his neighbor and others in the class. Were
-they not there to study art and to learn how to tell what is wrong in
-pictures? Suddenly they were amazed to find their instructor laughing
-heartily at them.
-
-“There,” she said, “you have done just what beginners always do. You
-have looked only for faults, and you have found faults.”
-
-She then tried to tell them that until they could learn to put
-themselves in the artist’s place and to see with his eyes, so to speak,
-the picture he wished to paint (which is always infinitely less than the
-picture he does paint) they could not hope to appreciate his picture.
-They were advised to study carefully two or three pictures which
-appealed to them and to leave the others until greater knowledge, gained
-through experience, travel, pain, or pleasure, should make it possible
-for them to understand the message of the artist.
-
-=The review lesson.= The review lesson should cover all pictures and
-artists studied throughout the year. At this time other pictures
-available by the same artists should be on exhibition.
-
-The review work may be conducted as a contest in which the pictures are
-held up, one at a time, while the class writes the name of the picture
-and the artist on slips of paper which have been prepared and numbered
-for that purpose.
-
-Many teachers, however, will prefer to use this time for composition
-work, although the description of pictures is often given as an English
-lesson. Pupils may write a description of their favorite picture. In
-fact, the lessons can be made to correlate with history, geography,
-English, spelling, reading, or nature study.
-
-In any event the real purpose of the work is that the pupils shall
-become so familiar with the pictures that they will recognize them as
-old friends whenever and wherever they may see them.
-
-It is hoped that acquaintance with the picture and the interest awakened
-by its story will grow into a fuller appreciation and understanding of
-the artist’s work. Thus the children will have many happy hours and will
-learn to love the good, the true, and the beautiful in everything about
-them.
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- ● Transcriber’s Notes:
- ○ The Table of Contents includes “Review of Pictures and Artists
- Studied” but there is no section containing that information.
- ○ Missing or obscured punctuation was silently corrected.
- ○ Typographical errors were silently corrected.
- ○ Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation were made consistent only
- when a predominant form was found in this book.
- ○ Text that was in italics is enclosed by underscores (_italics_);
- text that was bold by “equal” signs (=bold=).
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's Stories Pictures Tell Book 8, by Flora Carpenter
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL BOOK 8 ***
-
-***** This file should be named 63278-0.txt or 63278-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/3/2/7/63278/
-
-Produced by David Garcia, Larry B. Harrison, Barry
-Abrahamsen, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
-at https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images
-made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.)
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
diff --git a/old/63278-0.zip b/old/63278-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index b38b833..0000000
--- a/old/63278-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h.zip b/old/63278-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 87131db..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/63278-h.htm b/old/63278-h/63278-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aa9834..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/63278-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4599 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" />
- <title>Stories Pictures Tell Book Eight, by Flora L. Carpenter--A Project Gutenberg eBook</title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
- <style type="text/css">
- body { margin-left: 8%; margin-right: 8%; }
- h1 { text-align: center; font-weight: normal; font-size: 1.4em; }
- h2 { text-align: center; font-weight: normal; font-size: 1.2em; }
- h3 { text-align: center; font-weight: normal; font-size: 1.2em; }
- p { text-indent: 0; margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify; }
- .sc { font-variant: small-caps; }
- .xlarge { font-size: x-large; }
- .xxlarge { font-size: xx-large; }
- .small { font-size: small; }
- .lg-container-b { text-align: center; }
- @media handheld { .lg-container-b { clear: both; } }
- .lg-container-l { text-align: left; }
- @media handheld { .lg-container-l { clear: both; } }
- .linegroup { display: inline-block; text-align: left; }
- @media handheld { .linegroup { display: block; margin-left: 1.5em; } }
- .linegroup .group { margin: 1em auto; }
- .linegroup .line { text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em; }
- div.linegroup > :first-child { margin-top: 0; }
- .linegroup .in1 { padding-left: 3.5em; }
- ul.ul_1 {padding-left: 0; margin-left: 2.78%; margin-top: .5em;
- margin-bottom: .5em; list-style-type: disc; }
- ul.ul_2 {padding-left: 0; margin-left: 6.94%; margin-top: .5em;
- margin-bottom: .5em; list-style-type: circle; }
- div.pbb { page-break-before: always; }
- hr.pb { border: none; border-bottom: thin solid; margin-bottom: 1em; }
- @media handheld { hr.pb { display: none; } }
- .chapter { clear: both; page-break-before: always; }
- .figcenter { clear: both; max-width: 100%; margin: 2em auto; text-align: center; }
- div.figcenter p { text-align: center; text-indent: 0; }
- .figcenter img { max-width: 100%; height: auto; }
- .id001 { width:880px; }
- .id002 { width:743px; }
- .id003 { width:100px; }
- .id004 { width:1548px; }
- .id005 { width:1462px; }
- .id006 { width:1471px; }
- .id007 { width:1476px; }
- .id008 { width:1480px; }
- .id009 { width:1486px; }
- .id010 { width:1475px; }
- .id011 { width:1520px; }
- .id012 { width:1459px; }
- .id013 { width:1460px; }
- .id014 { width:1458px; }
- .id016 { width:1469px; }
- .id017 { width:1453px; }
- @media handheld { .id001 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id002 { margin-left:4%; width:92%; } }
- @media handheld { .id003 { margin-left:44%; width:12%; } }
- @media handheld { .id004 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id005 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id006 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id007 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id008 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id009 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id010 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id011 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id012 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id013 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id014 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id016 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- @media handheld { .id017 { margin-left:0%; width:100%; } }
- .ic007 { width:100%; }
- .ic015 { width:100%; }
- div.ic015 p { text-align:right; }
- .ig001 { width:100%; }
- .table0 { margin: auto; margin-left: 17%; margin-right: 17%; width: 66%; }
- .table1 { margin: auto; margin-top: 2em; margin-left: 17%; margin-right: 17%;
- width: 66%; }
- .nf-center { text-align: center; }
- .nf-center-c0 { text-align: left; margin: 0.5em 0; }
- .c000 { margin-top: 1em; }
- .c001 { page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em; }
- .c002 { margin-top: 4em; }
- .c003 { margin-top: 5em; }
- .c004 { margin-top: 3em; }
- .c005 { margin-top: 2em; }
- .c006 { margin-top: 6em; text-indent: 1em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
- .c007 { page-break-before:auto; margin-top: 4em; }
- .c008 { vertical-align: top; text-align: left; text-indent: -1em;
- padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; }
- .c009 { vertical-align: top; text-align: left; padding-right: 1em; }
- .c010 { vertical-align: top; text-align: right; }
- .c011 { margin-top: 2em; text-indent: 1em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
- .c012 { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
- .c013 { text-align: right; }
- .c014 { margin-left: 2.78%; margin-top: 2em; }
- .c015 { page-break-before: always; margin-top: 2em; }
- .c016 { margin-top: 1em; text-indent: 1em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
- .c017 { border: none; border-bottom: thin solid; margin-top: 0.8em;
- margin-bottom: 0.8em; margin-left: 35%; margin-right: 35%; width: 30%; }
- .c018 { margin-left: 2.78%; margin-top: 1em; }
- .c019 { margin-left: 2.78%; }
- .c020 { margin-left: 1.39%; margin-top: 2em; font-size: 85%; }
- .c021 { vertical-align: top; text-align: left; text-indent: -1em;
- padding-left: 1em; }
- .c022 { margin-left: 5.56%; }
- body {width:80%; margin:auto; }
- .tnbox {background-color:#E3E4FA;border:1px solid silver;padding: 0.5em;
- margin:2em 10% 0 10%; }
- .box2 {border-style: double; border-width:thick; padding:1em;
- margin: 1em 20% 1em 20% }
- h2 {font-size: 2em }
- </style>
- </head>
- <body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-Project Gutenberg's Stories Pictures Tell Book 8, by Flora Carpenter
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Stories Pictures Tell Book 8
-
-Author: Flora Carpenter
-
-Release Date: September 23, 2020 [EBook #63278]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL BOOK 8 ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by David Garcia, Larry B. Harrison, Barry
-Abrahamsen, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
-at https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images
-made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
-<div class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/cover.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c000' />
-</div>
-
-<div>
- <h1 class='c001'><span class='xxlarge'>STORIES PICTURES TELL</span></h1>
-</div>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c002' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='box2'>
-
-<div class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/decoration.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div><span class='xxlarge'>STORIES</span></div>
- <div><span class='xxlarge'>PICTURES TELL</span></div>
- <div class='c000'><span class='xlarge'>BOOK EIGHT</span></div>
- <div class='c003'><i>By</i></div>
- <div><span class='xlarge'>FLORA L. CARPENTER</span></div>
- <div class='c000'><span class='small'><i>Instructor in drawing at Waite High School, Toledo, Ohio</i></span></div>
- <div><span class='small'><i>Formerly supervisor of drawing, Bloomington, Illinois</i></span></div>
- <div class='c004'><b><i>Illustrated with Half Tones from</i></b></div>
- <div><b><i>Original Photographs</i></b></div>
- <div class='c002'><span class='xlarge'>RAND McNALLY &amp; COMPANY</span></div>
- <div>CHICAGO&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NEW YORK</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c002'>
- <div><i>Copyright, 1918</i></div>
- <div><span class='sc'>By Rand McNally &amp; Co.</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>&nbsp;</p>
-<div class='figcenter id003'>
-<img src='images/publogo.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c007'>THE CONTENTS</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c005'>
- <div><span class='sc'>September and October</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<table class='table0' summary=''>
-<colgroup>
-<col width='62%' />
-<col width='25%' />
-<col width='12%' />
-</colgroup>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='c009'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='c010'><span class='small'>PAGE</span></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>“The Death of General Wolfe”</td>
- <td class='c009'><i>West</i></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#i001'>1</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>“Portrait of the Artist’s Mother”</td>
- <td class='c009'><i>Whistler</i></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#i016'>16</a></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c005'>
- <div><span class='sc'>November, December, and January</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<table class='table1' summary=''>
-<colgroup>
-<col width='62%' />
-<col width='25%' />
-<col width='12%' />
-</colgroup>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>Mural Decorations and Fresco</td>
- <td class='c009'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#mural'>27</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>“The Frieze of the Prophets”</td>
- <td class='c009'><i>Sargent</i></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#i029'>29</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>“The Holy Grail”</td>
- <td class='c009'><i>Abbey</i></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#i056'>57</a></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c005'>
- <div><span class='sc'>February and March</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<table class='table1' summary=''>
-<colgroup>
-<col width='62%' />
-<col width='25%' />
-<col width='12%' />
-</colgroup>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>“The Wolf Charmer”</td>
- <td class='c009'><i>La Farge</i></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#i078'>79</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>American Illustrators</td>
- <td class='c009'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#illus'>92</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>“Evangeline”</td>
- <td class='c009'><i>Taylor</i></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#i096'>97</a></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c005'>
- <div><span class='sc'>April, May, and June</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<table class='table1' summary=''>
-<colgroup>
-<col width='62%' />
-<col width='25%' />
-<col width='12%' />
-</colgroup>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>Cartoons and Caricatures</td>
- <td class='c009'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#cart'>108</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>Engravings, Etchings, and Prints</td>
- <td class='c009'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#etch'>120</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>Lithography</td>
- <td class='c009'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#lith'>123</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>Review of Pictures and Artists Studied</td>
- <td class='c009'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='c010'>&nbsp;</td>
- </tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'><i>The Suggestions to Teachers</i></td>
- <td class='c009'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#sugg'>125</a></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c007'>THE PREFACE</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'>Art supervisors in the public schools assign picture-study
-work in each grade, recommending the study of certain pictures
-by well-known masters. As Supervisor of Drawing I found
-that the children enjoyed this work but that the teachers felt
-incompetent to conduct the lessons as they lacked time to
-look up the subject and to gather adequate material. Recourse
-to a great many books was necessary and often while
-much information could usually be found about the artist,
-very little was available about his pictures.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Hence I began collecting information about the pictures
-and preparing the lessons for the teachers just as I would
-give them myself to pupils of their grade.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>My plan does not include many pictures during the year,
-as this is to be only a part of the art work and is not intended
-to take the place of drawing.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The lessons in this grade may be used for the usual drawing
-period of from twenty to thirty minutes, and have been successfully
-given in that time. However, the most satisfactory way
-of using the books is as supplementary readers, thus permitting
-each child to study the pictures and read the stories himself.</p>
-<div class='c013'><span class='sc'>Flora L. Carpenter</span></div>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c005'>
- <div><span class='xxlarge'>STORIES</span></div>
- <div><span class='xxlarge'>PICTURES TELL</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div id='i001' class='figcenter id004'>
-<img src='images/i001.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c007'>THE DEATH OF GENERAL WOLFE</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> What is represented
-in this picture? What have these men
-been doing? What makes you think so? Why
-have they stopped? What can you see in the
-distance? Do you think the soldier running
-toward the group in the foreground is the bearer
-of good or bad news? What makes you think so?
-How many of you can tell what battle has just
-been fought, or something about General Wolfe?</p>
-<div class='lg-container-l c014'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'><b>Original Picture</b>: Grosvenor House, London, England.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Artist</b>: Benjamin West.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Birthplace</b>: Springfield, Pennsylvania.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Dates</b>: Born, 1738; died, 1820</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'><b>The story of the picture.</b> It is little wonder
-that the artist, Benjamin West, who overcame
-so many obstacles to follow his chosen calling,
-should admire a man like General Wolfe, who
-also had a great many difficulties to overcome.
-Each was born with an overwhelming
-desire,—the one to be a great artist; the other
-to be a great soldier. Both achieved their desire
-through their own earnest and praiseworthy
-effort. Perhaps the greatest difficulty James
-Wolfe had to contend with was his poor constitution
-and constant ill health. He could
-scarcely endure the long marches by land or
-voyages by sea—yet he would shirk neither.
-Duty to his country was always first.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>He was only sixteen years old when he took
-part in his first campaign. Abbé H. R. Casgrain
-tells us: “He was then a tall but thin
-young man, apparently weak for the trials of
-war. Moreover, he was decidedly ugly, with
-red hair and a receding forehead and chin,
-which made his profile seem to be an obtuse
-angle, with the point at the end of his nose.
-His pale, transparent skin was easily flushed,
-and became fiery red when he was engaged in
-conversation or in action. Nothing about him
-bespoke the soldier save a firm-set mouth and
-eyes of azure blue, which flashed and gleamed.
-With it all, though, he had about his person
-and his manner a sympathetic quality which
-attracted people to him.” Although a severe
-illness compelled him to give up this first
-campaign and return home, Wolfe was by no
-means discouraged, and he later on managed to
-distinguish himself for his courage and military
-skill.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It was not long after this that the great
-William Pitt decided that Wolfe was a man to
-be trusted with great things. He appointed
-him commander of the English troops to be
-sent against Quebec.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>American history had just reached the
-period when all the English colonies had been
-founded except Georgia, and the long struggle
-had come between France and England for the
-possession of Canada.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>There were many older generals who thought
-they ought to have been appointed to the
-important command in place of Wolfe, and
-when the elated Wolfe made some wild boasts
-in their presence, they were quick to carry them
-to the king and to declare that James Wolfe
-was a mad fool, and not fit to command. But
-King George III liked Wolfe none the less for
-his enthusiasm, and declared that if “General
-Wolfe be mad, he hoped he would bite some
-of his generals.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>But even Wolfe’s enthusiasm could not
-break down the strong fortification at Quebec.
-The city was located on a high, rocky cliff in
-itself almost inaccessible, and the natural
-strength of the position was increased by the
-strong defense maintained by the French soldiers
-and the Indians. Wolfe spent the entire
-summer trying to find a way to take Quebec,
-and probably would not have succeeded but
-for a combination of circumstances which left
-one part of the cliff unprotected.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>With the aid of a telescope, General Wolfe
-had discovered a hidden pathway up the side
-of the cliff behind the city at a point which
-was lightly guarded. Then came a deserter
-from the French army who informed him that
-the French were expecting some provision
-boats that night.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Without hesitation, General Wolfe ordered
-thirty-six hundred of his soldiers to prepare
-for the assault. Under cover of night, flying
-a French flag and with the aid of those of his
-generals who spoke French, Wolfe and his
-soldiers managed to sail past the sentry and
-enter the harbor in the guise of the French
-provision boats. In absolute silence they sailed
-up the river and landed at a spot since called
-“Wolfe’s Cove.” The ascent up the steep
-hill side was difficult but soon accomplished,
-and the few guards killed or taken prisoners.
-All the British soldiers successfully gained the
-heights and the next morning General Wolfe
-lined them up for battle on a field called the
-“Field of Abraham” after the name of its
-owner.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The French commander, Montcalm, surprised
-at the presence of the enemy on his own
-shore, went to meet them hurriedly and without
-proper support. A fierce battle ensued in
-which the English were victorious, and the
-French fled. General Wolfe was wounded three
-times in this battle, the last time fatally.
-Even then he called out to those nearest him,
-“Support me; let not my brave fellows see me
-fall. The day is ours; keep it.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In our picture we see General Wolfe half
-supported on the ground, with his friends about
-him. At the left is the messenger who, history
-tells us, bore the news, “They run; see how
-they run!” The dying general heard the
-words and asked, “Who run?” Upon hearing
-the answer, “The enemy,” he exclaimed,
-“Now God be praised. I will die in peace.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>This victory not only gave Canada to
-England, but established the permanent supremacy
-of the English-speaking race in North
-America. Is it any wonder, then, that Benjamin
-West, a good American colonist, should be
-interested in this battle and wish to paint a
-picture of it?</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>He started it with great enthusiasm, and
-soon had the figures sketched in, ready to paint.
-West was then living in London, and Archbishop
-Drummond, happening in his studio at
-this time, was greatly shocked because West
-had dressed his men in costumes such as they
-actually wore. Strange as it seems to us now,
-it was the custom then to use classic models
-for everything, and to represent all figures as
-wearing Greek costumes, no matter in what
-period they lived. If we remember Benjamin
-West for no other reason, we shall remember
-him because he was the first in England and
-America to change this custom. He believed
-we should paint people just as they are. The
-archbishop tried to dissuade him from this,
-and failing, he asked Sir Joshua Reynolds to
-talk to West.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Finally King George III heard of the artist’s
-intention and sent for him. West listened to
-the king with great respect, and then replied:
-“May it please your Majesty, the subject I
-have to represent is a great battle fought and
-won, and the same truth which gives law to the
-historian should rule the painter. If instead
-of the facts of action I introduce fictions, how
-shall I be understood by posterity? The classic
-dress is certainly picturesque, but by using it
-I shall lose in sentiment what I gain in external
-grace. I want to mark the time, the place, and
-the people; to do this I must abide by the
-truth.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The king could not fail to be convinced by so
-sensible an answer, yet he would not buy the
-picture. When Sir Joshua Reynolds came to
-look at the finished picture he praised it unreservedly,
-and not only told the artist it would
-be popular but predicted that it would lead to
-a revolution in art. His prediction was soon
-fulfilled.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>King George III also greatly admired the
-painting, and said, “There! I am cheated out
-of a fine canvas by listening to other people.
-But you shall make a copy of it for me.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>And yet the critics tell us that West, with
-all his love for truth in dress, took even a greater
-artist’s license when he painted this picture.
-He represented men as standing near Wolfe
-(the two generals, Monckton and Barré) who
-were not there at all. These two men were
-fatally wounded in the same battle, but in
-another part of the field. Surgeon Adair, too,
-who is bending over the dying hero, was in
-another part of the country at the time. The
-Indian warrior, who intently watches the dying
-general to see if he is equal to the Indian in
-fortitude and bravery, was, it is claimed, an
-imaginary person.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>But a far greater number of critics uphold
-West and consider his painting the more valuable
-because he has brought into prominence a
-number of the important men of that time,
-and linked their names in memory with that
-of General Wolfe and with the cause they
-represented.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It is interesting to note the manner in which
-the artist has grouped his figures in the foreground.
-We can separate them into at least
-three distinct groups, each complete in itself,
-yet held together by the direction of their gaze
-and the position of their bodies. For a moment
-these brave men have forgotten, in grief at the
-loss of a beloved companion and hero, even the
-joy of victory for a great cause.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The interest is centered about the dying
-general in many different ways—the light, the
-position of other figures, the direction of their
-gaze, and his position in the picture. Our
-attention and interest might remain with the
-group in the foreground of the picture but that
-it is drawn, for a moment, to the figure in the
-middle distance running toward us and from
-that figure to the mass in the background
-which, though vaguely outlined, is still distinct
-enough to give us the impression of troops in
-action.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
-picture.</b> Why did the life of General Wolfe
-appeal so strongly to the artist Benjamin West?
-What great obstacles did General Wolfe have
-to overcome? Tell about his first campaign.
-Describe his personal appearance. Why did
-William Pitt choose Wolfe for an important
-office? What feeling did this cause among the
-other generals? What did George III say about
-General Wolfe? Explain the difficulties to be
-overcome in capturing Quebec. How did the
-English effect a landing? Where was the battle
-fought? Which army was victorious? What
-events aided the English in gaining this victory?
-What new idea did West introduce in this
-picture? Who opposed him at first? To what
-did this change lead? What can you say of the
-composition of this picture? What is its value
-as history?</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>The story of the artist.</b> “What is thee doing,
-Benjamin?” A small boy, hearing this question,
-suddenly becomes quite confused and
-embarrassed as he tries to cover up a sheet of
-paper he has in his hand. His mother and
-sister, dressed in the severely plain clothing of
-the Quakers, are standing behind him, waiting
-for an answer. The boy looks up timidly,
-his face turning red as he answers hesitatingly,
-“N-nothing.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Of course this does not satisfy his mother,
-and she speaks more sharply as she asks him
-again what he is doing and what he has in his
-hand. The boy, a little fellow of six, hands
-her a sheet of paper and nervously rocks the
-cradle in which his baby sister is sleeping.
-He expects to be punished, for he has done
-something that must be wrong, for he never
-heard of any one else doing it.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The mother and sister study the paper carefully,
-and find only a drawing done in red and
-black ink. They recognize it at once as a
-picture of the baby sister Sally, sound asleep,
-and they are pleased in spite of themselves.
-The mother asks him many questions, and he
-tells her that as he was taking care of his baby
-sister he had suddenly felt a great desire to
-copy the sleeping child’s face. He had found an
-old quill pen and some ink, and they could see
-what he had been doing. The mother looks
-pleased, but says, “I do not know what the
-Friends would say to such like.” However,
-Benjamin feels encouraged, and determines to
-try again soon.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>This story is often told in giving the history
-of American art, because this same Benjamin
-West was our first native American artist.
-Other American men had copied European
-paintings, but his was the first original work
-in America.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Benjamin’s grandfather came to America
-with William Penn, the two being intimate
-friends. Later the West family moved to the
-small town of Springfield, Pennsylvania, where,
-in 1738, the grandson Benjamin was born,
-growing up under the stern observances of an
-early Quaker home. His father kept a small
-store, but the family was a large one and many
-hardships had to be endured in those early
-days.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>At the age of seven Benjamin began to
-attend the village school. You will remember
-that the Indians remained very friendly after
-their treaty with William Penn, and that in
-those days they often came to visit and trade
-with the settlers. The boys in this little
-school always looked forward to these visits,
-as they liked to talk with the Indians in sign
-language and to trade with them for bows and
-arrows and other curious things the Indians
-made.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>They came one day when Benjamin had
-been drawing some birds and flowers on his
-slate. When shown the sketches they grunted
-their approval and the next time they came
-the big chief brought Benjamin some red and
-yellow paint, the kind they used to decorate
-their bodies.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>How delighted Benjamin was as he ran
-home with his colors; but what could he
-do without blue? Then his mother remembered
-the bluing she used for her clothes, and
-gave him a piece of indigo. Now he must have
-a brush. You have probably heard of how he
-cut the fur from the tip of the cat’s tail, and
-so made a very good brush, although it did not
-last long. This made it necessary for him to
-cut so much fur that the cat became a sorry
-sight indeed. Benjamin’s father thought it
-must have some disease and was about to
-chloroform it, when his son told him the true
-state of affairs.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Not long afterwards an uncle who was a
-merchant in Philadelphia sent Benjamin a complete
-painter’s outfit,—paints, brushes, canvas,
-and all. It is said that the day these came
-Benjamin suddenly disappeared from sight and
-could not be found either at school, where he
-should have been, or in any of his favorite
-haunts.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>At last his mother thought of the attic,
-and there she found him so busily absorbed
-in painting his picture that at first he did not
-hear her. She had intended to punish him, but,
-seeing his pictures, she forgot all else as she
-said, “Oh, thou wonderful child!”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>When the uncle came to visit them he was
-so delighted he took Benjamin back with him
-to Philadelphia, where he could have good
-instruction in drawing. At eighteen he began
-to paint portraits. Then, after living in New
-York several years, he traveled extensively in
-Europe, finally settling in London, where he
-remained the rest of his life.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>He became court painter for King George III,
-and succeeded Sir Joshua Reynolds as president
-of the Royal Academy, holding this position
-until his death.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Benjamin West caused one complete change
-in the art of England. Until his time all art
-had followed the Greek ideas, the artists using
-the Greek costumes for figures of men of all
-periods. West believed we should paint people
-just as they are, so he dressed his people in the
-costumes of the day. At first, of course, he was
-criticized severely, but soon all the artists were
-following his example. Benjamin West became
-the founder of a school of his own, to which
-young artists from both America and England
-went for help and encouragement. Although
-he spent the last years of his life in England,
-Benjamin West always remained a patriotic
-American.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The first few painters of note who followed
-Benjamin West were greatly influenced by him.
-The list of prominent American artists is constantly
-increasing. J. Walker McSpadden, in
-his book called <i>Famous Painters of America</i>,
-has classified a few of the most prominent in a
-way that may help us remember them:</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Benjamin West, the painter of destiny.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>John Singleton Copley, the painter of early gentility.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Gilbert Stuart, the painter of presidents.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>George Inness, the painter of nature’s moods.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Elihu Vedder, the painter of the mystic.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Winslow Homer, the painter of seclusion.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>John La Farge, the painter of experiment.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>James McNeill Whistler, the painter of protest.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>John Singer Sargent, the painter of portraits.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Edwin Austin Abbey, the painter of the past.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>William M. Chase, the painter of precept.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Who was the
-first American artist of note? Where was he
-born? Of what faith were his parents? Relate
-the circumstances which led to Benjamin West’s
-first drawing, and the result. How old was he
-at that time? How did he secure his first
-paints? his brushes? What gift did his uncle
-send him? What became of Benjamin the
-day this gift was received? What did his
-mother say? Where did he go to study art?
-In what way did he change art in England?
-What school did he establish? Name five
-other American artists, and tell why they are
-famous.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>To the Teacher</b>: Several pupils may prepare
-the subject-matter as suggested here, then
-tell it to the class. Later, topics may be
-written upon the blackboard and used as suggestive
-subjects for short compositions in
-English.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>1. Relate an incident in the life of Benjamin
-West that persuaded his parents he would be
-an artist.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>2. Explain some of the difficulties he had
-to overcome in order to paint.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>3. What preparation did he make to become
-an artist?</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>4. In what ways was he of special benefit
-to the world of art?</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>5. Tell something of the progress of American
-painting from that time to this.</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div id='i016' class='figcenter id005'>
-<img src='images/i016.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c007'>PORTRAIT OF THE ARTIST’S MOTHER</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> What is
-the name of this picture? Who painted it?
-Half close your eyes and tell what part of the
-picture stands out most distinctly. Which
-part should be most distinct? (The figure,
-especially the head, holds the center of interest.)
-From this glimpse of her, describe the character
-and disposition of Whistler’s mother as you
-would judge them to be. Give reasons. What
-would make you think she was neat and
-orderly? Where is she sitting? How is she
-dressed? What can you see in the background?</p>
-<div class='lg-container-l c014'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'><b>Original Picture</b>: Luxembourg Gallery, Paris, France.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Artist</b>: James McNeill Whistler.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Birthplace</b>: Lowell, Massachusetts.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Dates</b>: Born, 1834; died, 1903.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'><b>The story of the picture.</b> Whistler called this
-picture “An Arrangement in Gray and Black,”
-for he felt that the public could not be interested
-in a portrait of his mother. He said, “To me,
-it is interesting as a picture of my mother; but
-what can or ought the public to care about the
-identity of the portrait?” However, this knowledge
-of relationship has appealed so strongly to
-the people that by common consent the picture
-has been renamed by them, “Whistler’s
-Mother,” or “Portrait of the Painter’s Mother,”
-or even “Portrait of My Mother.” Then again
-many critics declare the picture might well be
-called “A Mother,” for it represents a type
-rather than an individual. The face seems to
-speak to each and every one of us in a language
-all can understand.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>This dear old lady in her plain black dress,
-seated so comfortably with her hands in her
-lap and her feet on a footstool, has an air of
-peace and restfulness about her that is good to
-look upon. A feeling of stillness and perfect
-quiet comes to us, and we do not at first realize
-the skill of the artist in producing such an
-effect.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Seated in this restful gray room, she seems
-to be in a happy reverie of the days gone by.
-The simple dignity of the thoughtful figure is
-increased by the refinement of her surroundings.
-A single picture and part of the frame of another
-hang on the gray wall behind her. At the left
-we see a very dark green curtain hanging in
-straight folds, with its weird Japanese pattern
-of white flowers.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>All is gray and dull save the face. This contrast
-brings out its soft warmth. The dark mass
-of the curtain with its severely straight vertical
-lines, contrasted with the darker diagonal
-mass which represents the figure of the mother,
-gives us a feeling of solemnity and reverence.
-The severity of these dark masses is broken by
-the head and hands. The dainty white cap
-with its suggestion of lace on the cap strings
-softens the sweet face and relieves the glossy
-smoothness of her hair. In her hands she holds
-a lace handkerchief which we can barely distinguish
-from the lace on her cuffs. But the
-hands serve as an exquisite bit of light to lead
-the eye back to the face, where we study again
-the calm and tender dignity of the figure and
-the mysterious beauty of those far-seeing eyes.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>By this very simplicity, quiet, and repose,
-Whistler has made us feel the love and reverence
-he has for his mother. He leaves us to guess
-what the mother herself may be thinking as
-she looks back over the life now past. With
-what reluctance she may have at first consented
-to pose for her portrait, believing that this great,
-wonderful son of hers had better choose some
-younger, fairer model, more responsive to his
-magic brush! But when she found his heart
-was set upon painting her portrait, she would
-hesitate no longer.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>No doubt he knew just which dress he
-wished his mother to wear. We all know the
-dress we like to see our own mother wear. Very
-likely Whistler had planned the picture for
-days and knew exactly where he wished her
-to sit and just how the finished portrait was
-to look. And the mother, with her faith in
-her son’s talent, probably thought his wanting
-her picture was only a token of his love for her,
-little realizing that this portrait alone would
-make her son famous.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>We are moved by the silence and reserve of
-this gentle lady to an appreciation of the love,
-reverence, and respect that are her due.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Held at a distance, our reproduction of this
-picture seems to consist merely of a black
-silhouette against a light gray wall. On closer
-examination we soon discover two other values—that
-of the floor, which is medium gray, and the
-darker mass of the curtain.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Whistler was so fond of gray that he always
-kept his studio dimly lighted in order to produce
-that effect. His pictures are full of suggestions
-rather than actual objects or details. In his
-landscapes all is seen through a misty haze of
-twilight, early morning, fog, or rain. They
-suggest rather than tell their story. He makes
-us think as well as feel.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
-picture.</b> What did Mr. Whistler call this
-painting? Why was the name changed? What
-is it often called? why? Which name seems
-the most appropriate to you? What colors did
-the artist use? How many values are represented
-in this painting? What are they? What
-can you say about the division of space in the
-picture? of the light and shade? of the interior
-of the room?</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>To the Teacher</b>: Tell about the picture
-and the artist, or have some one pupil prepare
-the story and tell it to the class. This
-may be followed by a written description of
-the picture and a short sketch of the artist’s
-life by the class, given in connection with the
-English composition work. These questions
-may be written upon the blackboard as a
-guide or suggestion.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>The story of the artist.</b> Perhaps there never
-was a boy more fond of playing practical jokes
-than James McNeill Whistler. For this reason
-he made many enemies as well as friends, for
-you know that, although very amusing in themselves,
-practical jokes are apt to offend.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>But first we should know something about
-Whistler’s father and mother. Of a family of
-soldiers, the father was a graduate of West
-Point Military Academy, and became a major
-in the United States army. During those
-peaceful days there was very little to keep an
-army officer busy, so the government allowed
-its West Point graduates to aid in the building
-of the railroads throughout the country. Civil
-engineers were in great demand, and from a
-position as engineer on the Baltimore and Ohio
-Railroad, Major Whistler became engineer to
-the Proprietors of Locks and Canals at Lowell,
-Massachusetts. To Lowell, then a mere village,
-Major Whistler brought his family, and here
-James was born. Later the family moved to
-Stonington, Connecticut.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Whistler’s mother was a strict Puritan and
-brought up her son according to Puritan beliefs.
-Their Sundays were quite different from ours
-at the present day. They really began on
-Saturday night for little James, for it was then
-that his pockets were emptied, all toys put
-away, and everything made ready for the
-Sabbath. On that day the Bible was the only
-book they were allowed to read.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>When they lived in Stonington, they were
-a long distance from the church and, as there
-were no trains on Sunday, the father placed
-the body of a carriage on car wheels and,
-running it on the rails as he would a hand
-car, he was able to take his family to church
-regularly. This ride to church was the great
-event of the day for James.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>James’s first teacher at school, though a fine
-man, had unfortunately a very long neck. In
-his wish to hide this peculiarity he wore unusually
-high collars. One day little James came in
-tardy, wearing a collar so high it completely
-covered his ears. He had made it of paper in
-imitation of the teacher’s. As he walked solemnly
-to his seat, the whole school was in an
-uproar. James sat down and went about his
-work as if unconscious both of commotion and
-of the angry glare of his teacher. It was not
-many minutes before the indignant man rushed
-upon him and administered the punishment he
-so richly deserved.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>When James was nine years old the family
-moved to Russia. The Emperor Nicholas I
-wished to build a railroad from the city of St.
-Petersburg (now called Petrograd) to Moscow,
-and had sent all over Europe and America in
-search of the best man to undertake this work,
-at last choosing Major Whistler. It was a
-great honor, of course, and the salary was
-twelve thousand dollars a year. Here the
-family lived in great luxury until the father
-died. Then Mrs. Whistler brought her children
-back to America to educate them.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>When only four years old James had shown
-considerable talent for drawing, but although
-his mother admired his sketches she always
-hoped and planned that her son should become
-a soldier like his father. So at the age of seventeen
-she sent him to West Point, where he
-remained three years before he was discharged
-for failure in chemistry.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Although he had failed in most of his other
-studies, too, he stood at the head of his class in
-drawing. He received much praise for the maps
-he drew in his geography class, and some of them
-are still preserved. Whistler himself tells us:
-“Had silicon been a gas, I would have been
-a major general.” It was during an oral examination,
-after repeated failures, that his definition,
-“Silicon is a gas,” finally caused his
-dismissal.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Another story is told of his examination in
-history. His professor said, “What! do you not
-know the date of the Battle of Buena Vista?
-Suppose you were to go out to dinner and the
-company began to talk of the Mexican War,
-and you, a West Point man, were asked the
-date of the battle, what would you do?”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>“Do?” said Whistler. “Why, I should
-refuse to associate with people who could talk
-of such things at dinner.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Whistler’s real name was James Abbott
-Whistler, but when he entered West Point he
-added his mother’s name, McNeill. He did
-this because he knew the habit at West Point
-of nicknaming students, and he feared the
-combination of initial letters would suggest
-one for him, so he substituted McNeill for
-Abbott. He was called Jimmie, Jemmie, Jamie,
-James, and Jim.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The older he grew the more Whistler seemed
-to enjoy playing practical jokes. Soon after
-he left West Point he was given a position in a
-government office, but was so careless in his
-work he was discharged. As he was going past
-his employer’s desk he caught sight of an unusually
-large magnifying glass which that official
-used only on the most important occasions and
-which was held in great awe by the employes.
-Whistler quickly painted a little demon in the
-center of this glass. It is said that when the
-official had occasion to use the great magnifying
-glass again he hurriedly dropped it thinking he
-must be out of his head, for all he could see was
-a wicked-looking demon grinning up at him.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>When Whistler began to paint in earnest
-he was very successful, and soon became the
-idol of his friends. In fact, the admiration of
-his friends proved quite a misfortune, for it
-sometimes made him satisfied with poor work.
-A friend coming in would find a half-completed
-picture on his easel and go into raptures over
-it, saying, “Don’t touch it again. Leave it
-just as it is!” Whistler, pleased and delighted,
-would say he guessed it was rather good, and
-so the picture remained unfinished.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Many stories are told of the models he
-chose from the streets. Often some dirty,
-ragged little child would find itself taken kindly
-by the hand and led home to ask its mother
-whether it might pose for the great artist.
-After some difficulty the mother would be persuaded
-to let the child go just as it was, dirt
-and all. As soon as Whistler began to paint,
-he usually forgot everything else and so at last
-the child would cry out from sheer weariness.
-Then with a start of surprise Whistler would
-say to his servant, “Pshaw! what’s it all about?
-Can’t you give it something? Can’t you buy it
-something?” Needless to say, the child always
-went home happy with toys and candy.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Whistler saw color everywhere, and he was
-especially quick to feel the beauty of color
-combinations. The names of his paintings
-suggest that this love of color was of first
-importance in his work, even before the object
-or person studied. So we have “A Symphony
-in White,” “Rose and Gold,” “Gray and Silver,”
-“A Note in Blue and Opal,” and “Green and
-Gold.”</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Of what nationality
-was the artist? What was his father’s
-profession? What important positions did he
-hold? How did the family observe Sunday?
-What was the great event of the day for James
-McNeill Whistler? To what country did the
-family move? What happened after the father’s
-death? Where was James sent to school? Why
-did he fail? Why did he change his name?
-Tell about the position in the government office
-and what happened there. How did praise and
-admiration affect him? Name some of his best
-paintings.</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 id='mural' class='c007'>MURAL DECORATIONS AND FRESCO</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'>The term “mural decoration” applies to the
-decoration of walls and ceilings. These decorations
-may be done in fresco, oils, sculpture in
-low relief, mosaics, carved and paneled woodwork,
-or tapestries. In fresco painting a damp
-plaster ground is prepared on the wall, upon
-which the moist colors are painted. These
-colors become fixed as they dry, and appear
-to be a part of the wall. The work must be done
-while the plaster is damp, so the painter prepares
-only that part of the wall which he expects to
-cover that day. As it cannot be used after it
-is dry, he must scrape away all that is left and
-prepare a new background the next day. If
-the artist wishes to change any part of his
-picture, he must scrape off the ground and
-repaint the entire picture. It is often easy to
-see where the new plaster has been added, and
-hence how much the artist did in one day.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The damp atmosphere in northern countries
-soon destroys fresco paints, while the warm,
-sunny climate of such countries as Italy and
-Spain preserves them. Most of the fresco
-paintings of such old masters as Fra Angelico,
-Raphael, Leonardo da Vinci, and Michelangelo
-are still to be seen in much of their original
-beauty.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In America, fresco is seldom used, as artists
-find that oil paints on canvas, which may be
-fastened to the wall with white lead, are much
-more lasting and satisfactory.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Some of the best-known mural paintings in
-the United States are found in the Boston
-Public Library, Boston, Massachusetts: “The
-Holy Grail,” by Edwin Abbey (American);
-“The Frieze of the Prophets,” by John Sargent
-(American); and “The Muses Welcoming the
-Genius of Enlightenment,” by Chavannes
-(French). In the Congressional Library, Washington,
-D.C., the artists represented are: Elihu
-Vedder (American), J. W. Alexander (American),
-H. O. Walker (American), Charles Sprague
-Pearce (American), Edward Simmons (American),
-G. W. Maynard (American), and Frederick
-Dielman (American by adoption). In the
-Waldorf-Astoria Hotel, New York City, E. H.
-Blashfield (American) and Edward Simmons
-are represented. At the Carnegie Institute the
-work of John W. Alexander is represented,
-and at the Walker Art Building, Bowdoin
-College, Maine, we find works by Cox, Thayer,
-Vedder, and La Farge.</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div id='i029' class='figcenter id006'>
-<img src='images/i029.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c007'>THE FRIEZE OF THE PROPHETS</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> Who were
-the “prophets”? How many are represented
-in this picture? Relate some incident or event
-in the life of any one of them. What book tells
-about the lives of these men? Of what benefit
-were they to the world? How many groups are
-complete in themselves? How are the five groups
-held together to form a single composition?</p>
-<div class='lg-container-l c014'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'><b>Original Picture</b>: Boston Public Library, Boston, Massachusetts.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Artist</b>: John Singer Sargent (sär´j<i>ĕ</i>nt).</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Birthplace</b>: Florence, Italy.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Dates</b>: Born, 1856.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'><b>The story of the frieze.</b> This painting is
-placed on the third floor of the Boston Public
-Library, Boston, Massachusetts, in what is
-known as Sargent Hall. The third floor of the
-library contains valuable collections of books on
-special subjects, and to approach these rooms we
-must pass through a long, high gallery. This is
-Sargent Hall, named in honor of the artist who
-decorated its walls. At about the time that
-Mr. Abbey was asked to decorate the walls
-of the Delivery Room, Mr. Sargent, also an
-American, received a commission to decorate
-both ends of this hall or gallery. He was paid
-fifteen thousand dollars for the work. So successful
-was he in pleasing the people, and so
-much enthusiasm was aroused, that immediately
-an additional sum of fifteen thousand
-dollars was raised by popular subscription,
-and Mr. Sargent was urged to complete the
-decoration of the entire hall.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The “Frieze of the Prophets” is only a part of
-the decorations of Sargent Hall. Mr. Sargent
-has described the complete scheme of decoration
-as representing “the triumph of religion,
-showing the development of religion from early
-confusing beliefs to the worship of the one God
-upon the basis of the Law and the Prophets.”</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c000' />
-</div>
-<div class='figcenter id007'>
-<img src='images/i031.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic007'>
-<p><i>Elijah, Moses, Joshua. The Frieze of the Prophets</i></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<h3 class='c015'>MOSES</h3>
-<p class='c016'>One glance at the picture tells us that the
-central figure, that of Moses, is the most important
-among the nineteen prophets represented.
-Of all the prophets Moses is considered the
-most ideal and superhuman, and thus Mr.
-Sargent has tried to represent him. By using
-more conventional lines, and by modeling the
-figure in low relief so that it stands out from
-the rest of the picture, he has produced this distinguishing
-effect. The face, beard, shoulders,
-arms, and Tables of the Law stand out in the
-painting as if they were carved from stone.
-In fact, as we look at him we think more of
-a monument than of a painting. The wings
-crossed so stiffly make the figure seem all the
-more erect, while the feathers seem to send out
-rays of light over the entire picture. The
-earnest face with its deep-set eyes suggests the
-strength and courage of that great leader who
-felt that upon him lay the responsibility for the
-restless, ignorant idolaters whom he was to lead.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>When we read the story of the prophet’s life
-we are filled with wonder. From the very first
-it was unusual. Moses was born at the time
-when the wicked king of Egypt commanded
-that all boy babies of the Israelites should be
-drowned. But his mother kept him hidden
-until he was three months old. Then she placed
-him in a small boat or ark which she pushed out
-among the flags and grasses of the river.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>We all know how the daughter of Pharaoh
-found the child and adopted him as her own
-son. She named him Moses, meaning “to draw
-out,” for, as she said, she had drawn him out
-of the water. Grown to manhood among the
-Egyptians, his open sympathy for his own
-people caused him to be banished. Then, in
-the vision of the burning bush, which burns
-yet never is consumed, the Lord appeared to
-him and told him that he was to deliver the
-people of Israel out of the hands of the Egyptians.
-But when he was told to go to speak to
-Pharaoh his courage deserted him, and it was
-not until after several miracles had been performed
-and divine help promised that he was
-willing to go.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Aaron, brother of Moses, went with him to
-ask Pharaoh to permit the Israelites to go on a
-three days’ journey into the wilderness to offer
-sacrifices to the Lord. But Pharaoh only
-laughed at them. A great many dreadful
-things had to happen to Pharaoh’s people before
-he would give his consent—the water was turned
-to blood; the land was covered with frogs, and
-lice, and flies; the cattle were afflicted with a
-dreadful disease; man and beast were covered
-with running sores; hail destroyed most of the
-crops; locusts came to devour the rest, and the
-whole country, except the land in which the
-Israelites dwelt, was cast into darkness. During
-each of these scourges Pharaoh would send for
-Moses and beg him to ask God to deliver the
-land, saying he would let the Israelites go.
-But as soon as the danger was removed he would
-refuse to keep his promise.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Then came the most dreadful scourge of all—the
-death of the first-born in every Egyptian
-home. Again Pharaoh had failed to heed the
-warning of Moses. There was weeping and
-wailing in Egypt that day, for every home lost
-a loved one. In great haste the king sent
-messengers to Moses, giving the Israelites his
-consent to go and even urging them on their
-way.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>So with their families and their worldly goods
-the Israelites started out in search of the promised
-land under the leadership of Moses and
-Aaron. They had scarcely begun their weary
-journey before Pharaoh regretted having allowed
-them to go, and sent spies and an army after
-them. But a “pillar of cloud” came between
-the two camps and hid the Israelites that night.
-In the morning the Red Sea, over which they
-must cross, divided before them and they
-walked across on dry land between the walls
-of water. When they had passed, the waters
-closed in again and destroyed the pursuing
-Egyptians.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Then comes the wonderful history of those
-forty years’ wanderings in the wilderness, led
-by clouds by day and pillars of fire by night,
-until the Israelites reached the promised land.
-During all this time, under the guidance of the
-Lord, Moses taught his people and directed them
-in all their affairs. Yet they were not capable
-of understanding his great spiritual convictions,
-for at one time, when Moses remained on Mount
-Sinai forty days and forty nights communing
-with God, he found upon his return that his
-people had made themselves an idol and were
-worshiping it. Their faith seems never to have
-been very strong, and they were constantly in
-need of the help and encouragement of their
-great leader.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>From Mount Sinai, Moses brought them the
-two stone tablets, with the Ten Commandments
-written upon them.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In his picture Mr. Sargent has represented
-Moses with two little horns on his forehead.
-After Moses came down from Mount Sinai,
-where God had spoken to him, his face shone,
-or, as the Bible says, “sent forth beams or
-horns of light.” These horns are also shown
-very distinctly in Michelangelo’s wonderful
-statue of Moses.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Here we see him represented as a sort of
-spiritual giant, holding toward us for our
-observance the two stone tablets containing the
-Ten Commandments upon which all Christian
-living should be based.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>JOSHUA</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>During the forty years’ wandering in the
-wilderness many hostile tribes were encountered
-and had to be subdued. Then a young man,
-strong, energetic, and skillful in arms, came
-forward to lead the army. This young leader
-was Joshua, represented at the right of Moses
-in the act of sheathing his sword.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Moses himself saw the promised land far
-off from the top of a mountain. The Lord had
-told him to go there to look upon it, as he
-could not live to reach it. Moses then spent
-his last days instructing his people and their
-new leader, Joshua the warrior, who was to
-guide them to the end of their journey.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Having received the promise of divine help,
-the Israelites under their new leader again took
-up the march. When they reached the River
-Jordan, it, like the Red Sea, divided and allowed
-them to walk over on dry land; the guarded
-massive walls of Jericho fell that they might
-enter and possess the land. But there were
-still other hostile tribes to be conquered before
-they could feel that the land was really theirs.
-They were successful in all their battles except
-one, in which defeat came to them because one
-man had stolen plunder and hidden it in his
-house contrary to his promise to God. The
-sin confessed, victory returned.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>When all the land was conquered it became
-Joshua’s duty to divide it among the different
-tribes, a long and difficult task. This accomplished,
-he gathered his people together and
-told them that his time of leadership was about
-to end. Then he made them decide for themselves
-whether they would henceforth worship
-idols or the one God. They vowed they would
-worship the one God, and Joshua caused them
-to erect a monument as a reminder of their vow.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In our picture the simple, straight lines of
-the figure of Joshua are suggestive of the determined,
-forceful character of the man. They
-give an impression of great strength. Notice
-how the light falls upon his upraised arm and
-the straight folds of his garment. It seems to
-come directly from the wings of the figure of
-Moses, as if to acknowledge the wisdom and
-inspiration which Joshua received from the great
-leader. The face of Joshua, half hidden under
-his hood, is thoughtful yet determined. Here
-is a man of strong, steady purpose, pressing on
-persistently until he, with all his people, should
-reach the promised land.</p>
-
-<hr class='c017' />
-
-<p class='c012'>Of a quite different type is the prophet
-Elijah, whom we see at the left of Moses. This
-enthusiastic leader, regardless of physical comforts
-or earthly pleasures, bends all his energies
-toward the one great cause. His complete
-forgetfulness of self is well represented here
-by the careless draperies, the intense feeling in
-the face, and the strained muscles of the neck
-and arms. We know little about his life until
-the time when he was sent as messenger to the
-palace of the wicked King Ahab. This king
-over the Israelites lived in a magnificent palace
-made of ivory and gold, with beautiful gardens
-about it. But his wife, Jezebel, was a wicked
-woman, and a worshiper of idols, and she
-persuaded Ahab to build a great temple to one
-of her gods, Baal, and to worship with her.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>One day, without any warning, a strange-looking
-man wearing a cloak of camel’s hair and
-carrying a strong staff in his hand, appeared
-before Ahab in the throne room of his magnificent
-palace. It was Elijah, and without even
-bowing to the king or showing him any respect
-whatever, he delivered this dreadful message
-in a loud voice: “As the Lord God of Israel
-liveth, before whom I stand, there shall not
-be dew nor rain these years, but according to
-my word.” Before the astonished king could
-answer, Elijah had disappeared.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Then the Lord warned Elijah to hide by a
-certain brook called Cherith, for Ahab would
-pursue him. Here he lived three months, fed
-by the ravens and hiding in caves in the rocks,
-for this brook was hidden between two hills of
-rock covered with leaves. But soon the brook
-became dry, for there had been no rain. Then
-again came the message of the Lord, telling
-him to go to a certain widow’s home many miles
-away, where he would be taken care of. As
-Elijah neared the gates of the city where she
-lived, he met a woman gathering sticks. He
-asked her for some water and bread, but she
-told him she had just enough meal to make one
-little cake for herself and her small son. After
-that they must die, for she was very poor.
-She had been gathering the sticks to bake the
-cake. Then Elijah told her to make a cake for
-him first, and not to be afraid, for the Lord had
-told him her meal and oil should not give out
-before the rain came. She did as he said, and,
-sure enough, she had as much meal and oil as
-before. Then she knew this to be a man of
-God, and offered to let him stay in her home.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Elijah remained there two years, during
-which time the drought continued over Israel,
-and Ahab sought the prophet in vain.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Then came the voice of the Lord commanding
-him to go again to the king with a message.
-Ahab was very angry when Elijah again appeared;
-but Elijah was not afraid. He ordered
-Ahab to gather all the Israelites at Mount
-Carmel and to bring there also the prophets
-of Baal, the heathen god. But the wicked
-Jezebel had caused all the prophets of the
-Israelites to be put to death, so that Elijah
-was alone against the four hundred and fifty
-prophets of Baal. While he waited, Elijah
-spent the time in prayer.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>When all were gathered at Mount Carmel,
-the king in his royal purple robes, the false
-prophets in their white robes and high pointed
-caps, and all the attendants, officers, and servants,
-the great figure of Elijah loomed up
-before them, demanding in a loud voice how
-long they were going to take to decide whether
-to serve God or Baal. None dared reply. He
-told them to bring two oxen; one, the prophets
-of Baal should prepare for sacrifice, the other
-he should prepare. Each should call upon his
-God, and the God that answered by fire should
-be supreme. The people thought this very
-fair, as Baal was supposed to be the god of fire.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The prophets of Baal were allowed to try
-first. In vain they called to the sun, and danced
-about the altar, waving their arms wildly,
-begging Baal to hear them and to send the fire—but
-there was no response. Is it any wonder
-Elijah said to them: “Cry aloud: for he is a
-god; either he is talking, or he is pursuing, or
-he is in a journey, or peradventure he sleepeth,
-and must be awaked.” They continued their
-supplication all day, but to no avail.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Then Elijah called the people close around
-him, prepared his offering, and commanded
-them to pour water over it several times and
-also to fill the ditch surrounding it with water,
-that they might be fully persuaded. Then
-Elijah’s prayer was immediately answered by a
-fire, which not only burned up the offering but
-licked up the water around it. Then the people
-were persuaded, the false prophets were slain,
-and rain descended upon the land.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>But Jezebel was very angry when she heard
-these things, and sent word to Elijah that he,
-too, should share the fate of the prophets of
-Baal. Elijah fled. It was at this time he rested
-“under a juniper tree,” which has since been
-known as an expression of discouragement.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Again came the message of the Lord, sending
-him to the land of Israel, where he should proclaim
-his successor, Elisha. Elijah spent the
-rest of his life instructing young men, of whom
-Elisha was his most devoted follower. When
-his work was over he was taken up into heaven
-in a chariot of fire.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>DANIEL</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>Next to Elijah in the frieze stands Daniel,
-that stanch leader whom nothing could dismay,
-not even the fear of being placed in the lions’
-den. He does not look as if he could easily be
-persuaded to turn aside from what he believed
-was right. The fixed folds of his garment correspond
-with his features and his character as
-we know it. In his hands he carries a piece of
-parchment upon which is inscribed in Hebrew,
-“And they that be wise shall shine.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>His was an unusual life full of strange experiences.
-He was fourteen years old when the
-people of Judah were taken captives to Babylon
-by the victorious King Nebuchadnezzar. Daniel
-was chosen with several other boys to be trained
-as pages for the king; then many strange things
-happened to him. In the first place his name
-was changed from Daniel, which means “God
-is my judge,” to Belteshazzar, after one of the
-idols of the Babylonians. All the pages were
-given these strange heathen names. They
-were treated very kindly but were expected to
-eat the rich food from the king’s table, most of
-which had been offered to the idols.</p>
-
-<div class='figcenter id008'>
-<img src='images/i042.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic007'>
-<p><i>Amos, Nahum, Ezekiel, Daniel. The Frieze of the Prophets</i></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c012'>When Daniel found this out he made his first
-stand for what he believed was right. Feeling
-that it was wrong to eat this food, he persuaded
-three of the other boys to go with him and ask the
-king’s officers to give them plainer food. The
-officers consented to test this diet with the four
-boys, and at the end of three months found they
-had gained in strength more than the other
-pages, who had continued to eat the rich food;
-and so Daniel’s request was granted. All the
-pages had to study very hard, for they had to
-learn the language of the Babylonians besides
-many other things. When they were brought
-before the king to be examined three years later,
-Daniel and his three friends were found to be
-the brightest scholars of all. People began to
-look up to them, and to call them very wise.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Not long after this King Nebuchadnezzar
-had a very strange dream, but when he woke
-up in the morning he could not remember what
-it was. He called his wise men together, but
-none could tell him what he had dreamed. He
-became very angry and ordered them all put
-to death, even Daniel and his friends, whom he
-thought ought to be wise enough to tell him.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>All that night Daniel and his friends prayed
-for help, until, utterly weary, they fell asleep.
-In a dream the Lord told Daniel what to tell
-the king. King Nebuchadnezzar’s dream had
-been about his kingdom, and who should rule
-after him, and he was amazed that one so young
-as Daniel should tell him what he had dreamed
-and what the dream meant. He gave Daniel
-many presents and made him a great ruler.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Daniel continued in favor with Nebuchadnezzar’s
-successor, Darius. So much was he
-favored that the other officers of the king wished
-to destroy him. Appealing to his vanity, they
-persuaded Darius to set aside thirty days in
-which all his people should pray to him just as
-if he were a god. He made this dreadful law
-among his people, who were Medes and Persians.
-Of course we know how Daniel continued to
-pray to God, was watched, and reported to the
-king. Then King Darius saw the trap which
-his officers had set for Daniel. He was greatly
-distressed, but not even a king could change
-a law among the Medes and Persians. He had
-said that any one who disobeyed his law should
-perish in the den of lions.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>But we know how Daniel was taken care of;
-how the king rejoiced to find him alive the next
-morning; and how all the people marveled and
-believed in the God who had saved him. At
-this time Daniel was eighty years old. God
-sent some wonderful dreams to him, and he
-was able to prophesy many things that should
-happen to the Jews. It was through him that
-they were delivered from their captivity.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>JEREMIAH</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>At the right of Joshua we see Jeremiah, the
-prophet who so bitterly lamented the afflictions
-of his people. He is often called the “weeping
-prophet.” So Mr. Sargent has represented him
-in that attitude of grief and discouragement,
-standing there with his eyes cast down in sorrowful
-meditation. His whole life was spent
-in what seemed a fruitless strife against the
-evils of his time, for his warnings were disregarded,
-and his people were hurrying toward
-their destruction.</p>
-<div class='figcenter id009'>
-<img src='images/i045.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic007'>
-<p><i>Jeremiah, Jonah, Isaiah, Habakkuk. The Frieze of the Prophets</i></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'>Mr. Sargent has made us feel the hopeless
-despair of this strong man who tried so hard to
-save his people from all the misery they so
-willfully brought upon themselves. He even
-went about the streets wearing a yoke on his
-neck, to symbolize the coming servitude of the
-nation which refused to heed his warnings and
-repent. His life was in constant danger; he
-was imprisoned, thrown into a damp, unwholesome
-cistern, and was often obliged to hide for
-months in caves among the rocks to escape
-the king’s anger.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Other prophets could declare God’s protection
-and hold out some hope for the good to
-come, but Jeremiah’s message spoke only of
-evil and sorrow. It took great courage to go
-about on so unpopular and sad a mission, without
-even a miracle to prove his words true, and
-always alone among people who were unfriendly
-and did not believe in him.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The first one of Jeremiah’s predictions to
-come true was when Daniel and the Israelites
-were taken captives to Babylon by King Nebuchadnezzar.
-Again he warned them not to go
-into Egypt, but they not only went but compelled
-him to go with them.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The last we hear of Jeremiah is in Egypt,
-urging his people to give up their idols and
-worship God. He is indeed, as Mr. Sargent
-has represented him, “the prophet of sorrow”;
-and yet the figure is one of strength. Neither in
-his face nor in his bearing is there any sign of
-indecision or turning back.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>JONAH</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>Next, partly hidden from view, we see
-Jonah, the unwilling prophet, who tried to run
-away when the Lord told him to take his message
-of warning to Nineveh. The people in
-this city were known to be very wicked, and
-Jonah feared they might kill him, so he took
-a boat and started away in another direction.
-We all know of the fearful storm that arose
-and how the sailors prayed to their gods and
-urged Jonah to pray to his. But Jonah could
-not pray to God when he was disobeying Him.
-Then the sailors drew lots, as was the custom,
-to find out who had sinned and brought the
-fearful storm upon them. The lot fell to
-Jonah, who told them how he had run away
-from Nineveh. He urged the sailors to throw
-him overboard, saying the sea would then be
-still. The men did not want to do this, but,
-fearful lest all should be lost, they finally threw
-him overboard. At once the wind died down
-and the sea was still. We know how the whale
-was sent to swallow Jonah and to carry him
-safely to the shore, where he was left, now very
-willing to deliver his message to Nineveh.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>He was to tell these wicked people that in
-forty days their city would be overthrown. He
-went about the streets dressed in a rough camel’s-hair
-cloak, very much like Elijah, and called
-out his prophecy in a loud voice. No wonder
-the people were frightened, and when he told
-them how he had not wanted to bring the message
-and had been forced to, they were more
-frightened than ever. All the people, and the
-king too, wept and prayed God for forgiveness,
-neither eating nor drinking. Then God heard
-their prayers and forgave them, and their city
-was not destroyed.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>But Jonah felt very much hurt because his
-message had not proved true. He thought
-only of himself, and felt that he had been
-cheated. He went away by himself and built a
-small place of shelter just outside the walls of
-the city. Here he sat and waited, still hoping
-Nineveh would be destroyed. Suddenly a tree
-sprang up, its dense leaves protecting him from
-the hot sun. Jonah was greatly pleased and
-refreshed, but the tree as suddenly withered, and
-he was left grieving for it. God then spoke
-to him and asked him how he could grieve for
-the tree, yet harden his heart against the people
-of Nineveh, who had repented.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Jeremiah’s greatest grief was that the people
-would not heed his warnings, while Jonah felt
-aggrieved because his prophecy was not fulfilled.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In the picture we see Jonah reading a scroll
-bearing the one word “Jehovah.”</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>ISAIAH AND THE LESSER PROPHETS</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>Next to Jonah we see Isaiah, the enthusiast,
-prophesying the coming of Christ’s kingdom.
-Note how the light falls on the head and
-shoulders, and on the upraised arms of the prophet,
-and is echoed, so to speak, by the light on
-the lower folds of his robe. All lines and lights
-lead the eye upward, even as Isaiah sought to
-lift his people up into a higher, better world.
-He is the hopeful figure in this group of four.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Habakkuk stands next with his far-seeing
-eyes missing the heavenly visions which surround
-Isaiah, but seeing the sorrows and evils
-of the world and trying in vain to remedy them.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The next group to the right represents the
-three prophets of hope, Haggai, Malacchi, and
-Zechariah, all pointing toward the section of
-the wall where Mr. Sargent’s new painting,
-“The Sermon on the Mount,” will be placed
-when finished. The one doubtful figure, Micah,
-who is looking back, serves to hold this section
-of the picture to the other figures in the frieze.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>EZEKIEL AND THE LESSER PROPHETS</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>At the left-hand side of the frieze and next
-to Daniel, stands Ezekiel. Ezekiel lived at the
-same time as Daniel and, like him, began his
-prophetic career after he was exiled to Babylon.
-During the twenty-seven years of his exile he
-kept his fellow exiles informed as to all dangers
-which were besetting and threatening their
-people at home in Jerusalem and Judah. His
-book abounds in visions and poetical images.
-Mr. Sargent has given him the absorbed expression
-of one who sees beyond the present and
-whose vision includes both evil and good.</p>
-<div class='figcenter id010'>
-<img src='images/i050.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic007'>
-<p><i>Micah, Haggai, Malacchi, Zechariah. The Frieze of the Prophets</i></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'>Nahum, standing next to Ezekiel, seems to
-be predicting the wickedness and fall of Nineveh,
-of which he has given us such a powerful and
-vivid account; while Amos denounces idolatry
-and the sins of the nations, also predicting a
-brighter future for the people of Israel.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The four figures in the last panel to the left
-of Moses represent the prophets of despair.
-We cannot fail to notice that among the hopeful
-prophets there is one discouraged figure, while
-among the prophets of despair we find the hopeful
-figure of Hosea.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Obadiah, Joel, and Zephaniah urged their
-people to repentance of sin, and warned them
-of disaster to come, but their warnings were not
-heeded. In the picture Joel is attempting to
-shut out the sight of the fearful plague of
-locusts, of the famine, and of the drought which
-he knows must come to his people because they
-will not repent. The other two prophets seem
-crushed by a hopeless despair. But love is the
-keynote of Hosea’s pleadings. He speaks of
-the unquenchable love of Jehovah for his erring
-people.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It is interesting to know that Mr. Sargent’s
-favorite figure in the frieze is this young prophet
-in white, Hosea. Is it any wonder he should
-choose this one? The name Hosea means
-salvation. In him we see beauty, grace, and
-simplicity, and we feel the steady purpose, the
-earnest faith, of that calm, quiet face. There
-is no despair in that face or figure; the very
-folds of his robe give us a feeling of strength and
-stability; they suggest marble.</p>
-<div class='figcenter id011'>
-<img src='images/i052.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic007'>
-<p><i>Obadiah, Joel, Zephaniah, Hosea. The Frieze of the Prophets</i></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'>We are interested in this great mural painting,
-“The Frieze of the Prophets,” not only for
-its intellectual and religious suggestiveness, but
-for its composition, its masses of dark and light,
-and its beauty of form. Each of the groups of
-figures is complete in itself, yet by the position
-of the figures and by the light upon them, the
-frieze is held together as one composition.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Mr. Sargent spent many years, and studied
-his Bible very thoughtfully, before he attempted
-to draw this great picture.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
-picture.</b> Who were the prophets? What had
-they to do with the development of religion?
-Who painted this picture? Where is the original?
-What can you say of the composition
-of this picture? of the light and shade? What
-do we call paintings on a wall? What is there
-unusual about this painting? For what do you
-admire it? Why was Moses given the most
-important place in this picture? Tell the story
-of his life. Why is he often represented with
-two little horns on his forehead? Tell something
-about each one of the prophets. Which
-one is Mr. Sargent’s favorite?</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>To the Teacher</b>: Certain pupils may be
-selected to study and give orally a description
-of different portions of this picture.</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c005'>
- <div><span class='sc'>Subjects for Composition</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='lg-container-l'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>1. How the Prophets Helped in the Development of Religion.</div>
- <div class='line'>2. The Most Interesting Prophet.</div>
- <div class='line'>3. The Most Pleasing Group of Prophets.</div>
- <div class='line'>4. Life of the Artist.</div>
- <div class='line'>5. Reasons Why This Painting Has Become Famous.</div>
- <div class='line'>6. How Fresco or Mural Painting Is Done.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'><b>The story of the artist.</b> We are especially
-interested in Mr. Sargent because he is one of
-the living American artists who has won fame
-both in his own country and abroad. Although
-John Singer Sargent was born in Florence,
-Italy, we claim him as an American because his
-parents were Americans and because he has
-always considered himself an American. His
-boyhood was spent in Florence, where it was
-his delight to wander in the art galleries. He
-showed an early talent for drawing, and when
-he was nineteen years old he went to Paris to
-become the pupil of some of the best artists.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Mr. Sargent is famous for his many portraits
-as well as for his mural decorations. He has
-traveled extensively and has visited the United
-States many times, painting and exhibiting his
-paintings here, but most of his life has been
-spent in London, where he is now living. In
-1908 he was elected to the Royal Academy.
-He has won many medals of honor for his
-paintings, and is a member of the leading art
-societies of America and Europe.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Among the noted pictures by Mr. Sargent
-are: “Carnation Lily, Lily Rose,” “Fishing
-for Oysters at Cancale,” “Neapolitan Children
-Bathing,” “El Jaleo” (Spanish Dance), “Fumes
-of Ambergris,” “Ellen Terry as Lady Macbeth,”
-and “La Carmençita.” As a portrait painter
-Mr. Sargent has been commissioned by men
-and women of high distinction in literary,
-political, social, and artistic life in America and
-Europe. Among his eminent sitters have been:
-Joseph Chamberlain, Carolus Duran, Theodore
-Roosevelt, Secretary Hay, and Octavia Hill.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Why do we
-feel an especial interest in Mr. Sargent? Where
-was he born? Why do we claim him as an
-American? Where did he study drawing and
-painting? For what kind of paintings is he
-famous? Where does he live?</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div id='i056' class='figcenter id012'>
-<img src='images/i056.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic007'>
-<p><span class='small'>Copyright by Edwin A. Abbey; from a Copley Print<br />Copyright by Curtis &amp; Cameron, Publishers, Boston</span><br />GALAHAD THE DELIVERER. THE HOLY GRAIL</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c007'>THE HOLY GRAIL</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> How many
-of you have read Tennyson’s <i>The Holy Grail</i>?
-What was the Holy Grail? Why did men seek
-it? Tell what you can of Sir Galahad and his
-adventures.</p>
-<div class='lg-container-l c014'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'><b>Original Picture</b>: Public Library, Boston, Massachusetts.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Artist</b>: Edwin Austin Abbey (ăb´ĭ).</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Birthplace</b>: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Dates</b>: Born, 1852; died, 1911.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'><b>The story of the picture.</b> When asked to
-decorate the walls of the Delivery Room of the
-Boston Public Library Mr. Abbey planned to
-represent “The Sources of Modern Literature,”
-thinking this would be most appropriate, as
-Mr. Sargent had chosen “The Sources of the
-Christian Religion” for the subject of his pictures
-on the walls of a gallery on the third floor of
-the same building. But as Mr. Abbey read and
-studied the subject he became impressed with
-the story of the Holy Grail, which seemed to be
-woven in and out through all our literature. He
-realized also that he would be the first to represent
-this subject in a large decoration, and
-that it was altogether worthy of his best efforts.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The paintings occupy the wall space between
-the wainscot and the ceiling of this great room,
-where books of the library are given out and
-returned. The pictures are eight feet in height,
-but vary in length from the first, “The Vision,”
-which is six feet long, to the fifth, “The Castle
-of the Grail,” which is thirty-three feet long
-and extends the entire length of the north wall.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Mr. Abbey spent seven years in careful
-research work before he was able to complete
-these paintings. He received fifteen thousand
-dollars for his work.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>According to an old legend, the Holy Grail
-was the cup from which Christ drank at the
-Last Supper. It was bought from Pilate by
-Joseph of Arimathæa, who caught in it the
-divine blood that fell from Christ’s wounds.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Joseph placed the cup in a castle, which he
-kept guarded night and day. It was passed
-on to his descendants, who received the charge
-in sacred trust and continued to guard it
-faithfully. The cup itself was most mysterious
-and wonderful. It could be seen only by those
-who were perfectly pure in word, thought, and
-deed. If an evil person came near, it was
-borne away as if by some invisible hand, completely
-disappearing from view.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The sight of it was as food to the one to
-whom it was revealed and enabled him “to live
-and to cause others to live indefinitely without
-food,” gave him “universal knowledge,” and
-made him invulnerable in battle. But there
-was one thing it did not do. No matter how
-perfect the knight, he could still be tempted.
-He must continue to resist temptation as long
-as he lived.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>At length there came a king, keeper of the
-Grail, called Amfortas, the Fisher King, who
-was not strong enough to resist temptation.
-He yielded to an evil enchantment and was
-severely punished. Not only was the sight
-of the Grail denied him, but a spell was cast
-upon him and all his court so that they lived
-in a sort of trance, neither sleeping nor waking.
-Thus they must remain until a knight pure in
-body and soul should come to break the spell
-and set them free.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Little was known about the enchanted
-castle, where the king and his men were held
-in the power of the spell, but many a young
-man began to plan the quest of the Grail. He
-must so live that by his good thoughts and
-deeds he might reach the enchanted castle, see
-the Holy Grail, and so set free the unhappy
-knights. He must be perfect, indeed, if he
-would achieve this, and full of courage, perseverance,
-and patience.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In our picture we see Sir Galahad, the
-stainless knight, who succeeds in his quest of
-the Holy Grail.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Mr. Abbey has told the story in fifteen
-pictures, beginning with Sir Galahad as a child.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“THE INFANCY OF GALAHAD,” OR “THE VISION”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>Galahad was the son of Launcelot and Elaine,
-for it was according to an old prophecy that
-these two should have a son who should become
-a great knight and find the Holy Grail.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>They placed their small son in a convent to
-be brought up by the nuns. In the first picture
-we see the child attracted by a bright light
-visible to him alone. He laughs in great delight
-and reaches toward the Grail as he sees it
-gleaming fiery red through its veil-like covering.
-It is held in the hands of an angel radiant in
-white as the light from the Grail illumines her
-face and wings. She is supported by the wings
-of doves, upon which she seems to be borne
-along. These doves signify the Holy Spirit
-and are also represented as hovering near the
-Grail and acting as informants concerning good
-and evil. The odor of the incense from the
-Grail furnishes a mysterious sustenance to the
-child which causes him to grow in mind and
-body. He is held high in the arms of a sweet-faced
-young nun who does not see the vision
-but seems to feel vaguely that some unusual
-event is taking place. In the original painting
-the bluish black of her outer robe throws into
-greater prominence the creamy white of her
-draperies as they, too, are flooded with light
-from the Grail.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The background gives the effect of heavy
-tapestry and is made up of tones of blue and
-white embroidered in gold. The figures of
-lions and peacocks are used to signify the
-resurrection.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“THE OATH OF KNIGHTHOOD”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>When the child had grown to manhood,
-Sir Launcelot was summoned to make him a
-knight. In this picture we see Galahad in
-the convent chapel, where he has just passed
-the night in prayer preparatory to his departure
-out into the world.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>As he kneels at the altar, he is clad in the
-red robe which is worn by the hero throughout
-the series of pictures. Red is chosen as the color
-of spiritual purity and means the “spirit
-cleansed by fire.” “It stands for activity,
-conflict, human effort with the knowledge of
-good and evil that imparts the strength to
-achieve the good and resist the evil.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The honor of knighthood is conferred upon
-Galahad by Sir Launcelot and Sir Bors, who
-can be seen in their heavy armor kneeling behind
-him. They fasten the spurs upon his feet as a
-signal that the moment of departure has arrived.</p>
-<div class='figcenter id013'>
-<img src='images/i062.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic007'>
-<p><span class='small'>Copyright by Edwin A. Abbey; from a Copley Print<br />copyright by Curtis &amp; Cameron, Publishers, Boston</span><br /><i>The Oath of Knighthood. The Holy Grail</i></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'>The time of day is shown by the two candles
-at the altar which have been burning all night
-and are now burned low in their sockets, and
-by the faint early light of dawn which comes
-stealing in through the small windows at the
-left of the picture. Just behind the knights
-stand a group of nuns, holding tall candles
-which light up the dark room and reflect on
-the white robes and shining armor. The interior
-decoration of the church is plainly shown. Our
-attention is drawn to the quaint crucifix just
-back of the kneeling knights, and the figures
-surrounding it.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The architecture is that of the Early Christian
-Romanesque. Sir Galahad’s face is partly
-in shadow, as if lost in deep thought. But the
-moment of departure has arrived. He will
-take up the helmet, which lies near him, and
-leave the convent for his first glimpse of the
-outside world. He must go to the wise teacher,
-Gurnemanz, to learn not only the rules of
-knighthood but the ways of the world, before
-he may start on his quest of the Holy Grail.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“THE ROUND TABLE OF KING ARTHUR”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>Having been fully instructed in all the ways
-of the world by the good Gurnemanz, Sir Galahad
-starts out on his quest. First he goes to the
-Round Table of King Arthur and his knights in
-Camelot. He finds them holding a solemn
-meeting, their leader having just declared that
-this is the day when, according to prophecy,
-the stainless knight should come who should
-occupy the Siege Perilous. The Siege Perilous
-was a chair over which the magician, Merlin,
-had cast a spell, so that no man could sit in it
-without peril of death. Even Merlin himself
-was lost while sitting in his own chair. Only a
-blameless knight could hope for safety in this
-perilous seat. While Arthur and the knights
-are discussing the prophecy, there suddenly
-appears a strange old man clothed in white,
-whom none has seen before.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>He comes toward the throne of King Arthur,
-leading Sir Galahad by the hand. The door
-and windows quietly and mysteriously close of
-themselves; the room is filled with a strange
-light. The Angel of the Grail appears before
-them, and gently lifts the red drapery from the
-chair. The encircling choir of angels look on
-silently as all read above the chair, in letters of
-fire, the flaming words, “This is Galahad’s
-seat.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>This picture shows them at that breathless
-moment when the letters of golden light
-appeared over the chair. King Arthur has
-risen from his seat to greet Sir Galahad; a small
-page kneels beside the king, while the jester
-half rises at the wondrous sight. Sir Galahad
-wears the same red robe, fastened with a golden
-brown girdle—a gift from the nuns when he was
-leaving the convent.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“THE DEPARTURE”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>A wonderful rock of red marble has been
-discovered, protruding from the surface of a
-river. From its side projects a shining sword
-which none has been able to draw out. The
-king and his knights hasten to see this sword,
-but none succeeds in moving it. Now Sir Galahad
-arrives and draws the sword without the
-slightest difficulty, placing it in his empty scabbard,
-where it fits exactly. He also secures a
-shield which had been left for him by his ancestor,
-and, thus armed, he is ready to start out in
-search of the Grail. Most of the knights, persuaded
-by this series of strange events that Sir
-Galahad is to be the true knight, decide to join
-him in his search.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Before they start on their long and perilous
-journey they gather in the church for a final
-benediction. So here again we see the interior
-of a church. The bishop’s hands are raised in
-a parting benediction over the group of kneeling
-knights clad in shining armor and holding
-their lances erect. Many strange banners float
-above them. Sir Galahad alone has bared his
-head. His helmet is on the floor beside him.
-Other kneeling priests may be seen just behind
-the bishop. The scene is one of solemnity and
-dignity.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“THE CASTLE OF THE GRAIL AND THE FAILURE OF GALAHAD”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>King Amfortas, keeper of the Grail, who
-yielded to temptation and so was denied the
-sight of the Grail, and his knights, upon whom
-was cast a fearful spell which was neither
-sleeping nor waking, anxiously await the arrival
-of Galahad. But, it is not enough that he
-should come; he must ask a certain question
-which alone can free them from their living
-death.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Here we see Sir Galahad in the enchanted
-castle, a puzzled onlooker. He looks silently
-about him at the feeble old king and his wretched
-company. He sees, too, the procession of the
-Grail, which, although the king and his court
-cannot see it, is constantly passing before them.
-This procession includes the Angel, bearer of
-the Grail, a damsel carrying a golden dish, two
-knights who carry seven-branched candlesticks,
-and a knight holding a bleeding spear.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Sir Galahad must ask the meaning of what
-he sees and by his question remove the enchantment.
-But, over-confident in his own
-knowledge, he tries to solve the mystery by
-himself, and fails. The procession of the Grail
-is shown to the right of the throne upon which
-King Amfortas half sits, half reclines, while the
-rest of the weird company look solemnly on as
-Sir Galahad stands transfixed with amazement
-and perplexity because the spell is not removed
-as he expected. Because of his failure to ask
-the necessary question, these people must continue
-to suffer. Several years later he returns,
-a wiser man, and releases them. Personal
-purity alone was not enough; wisdom was necessary,
-and to secure this he must ask a certain
-question. He could not attain knowledge
-through himself alone, but must seek it from
-the experience and understanding of others.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“THE LOATHLY DAMSEL”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>The next morning after his failure the castle
-seems deserted, but when Galahad starts out
-he finds his horse saddled and waiting for him.
-The drawbridge is down, so thinking perhaps
-the king and knights are in the forest, he
-rides across the bridge in search of them. Instantly
-the drawbridge closes with a crash, and
-there is a great sound of groaning and of voices
-reproaching him for having failed in his quest.
-The castle disappears from sight, and Galahad
-roams disconsolately in the woods. Finally he
-sits down to rest and think. He is aroused by
-the passing of three enchanted maidens, the
-Loathly Damsel and her two followers.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In the picture we see her riding a white
-mule richly caparisoned. Her form suggests
-beauty, yet the face is ugly and distorted, her
-head bald so that she must wear a hood. In her
-hands she carries the ghastly head of a king wearing
-a crown, and she seems depressed by her
-burden. Forced by the spell to go about harming
-mankind against her will, she is angry with
-Sir Galahad for having failed to release her.
-In her anger she reproaches him for not having
-asked the question while within the castle, and
-so here for the first time Sir Galahad learns why
-he failed.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Once a beautiful woman, the Loathly Damsel
-must ride about thus unhappily. The head
-and shoulders are all that is visible of the second
-damsel, apparently riding. The third, dressed
-as a boy, carries a scourge with which she forces
-the two mules onward.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Sir Galahad bows his head in silence at their
-reproaches, humbly feeling that he deserves
-them.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Many years of sorrow and suffering must
-pass before he can again find the Castle of the
-Grail.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“THE CONQUEST OF THE SEVEN DEADLY SINS”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>Continually seeking the Castle of the Grail,
-Sir Galahad wanders about in this enchanted
-land. At length, catching a glimpse of a strange
-castle, he makes haste to reach it, and finds
-it to be the Castle of Imprisoned Maidens.
-These maidens represent the Virtues; and their
-jailers, the Seven Deadly Sins. Arriving at the
-gate of the castle, he finds it guarded by these
-seven knights. A fierce conflict ensues in which
-Sir Galahad is victorious. This is the only
-picture in the series in which he is represented
-in violent physical conflict; the others represent
-more of the inner spiritual conflict. The seven
-knights, wearing heavy armor and carrying
-immense shields, are represented in dull gray
-colors, while our hero, wearing his chain armor
-over his red robe, is easily distinguished by the
-shining gold of his helmet and the red of his
-shield.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“THE KEY TO THE CASTLE”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>Sir Galahad defeats the seven knights but
-he does not slay them, and they turn and flee.
-This signifies that although the seven sins can
-no longer trouble the pure soul, yet they are
-still about in the world.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Passing the outer gate, Sir Galahad is
-greeted by the keeper of the inner gate, an
-aged man who blesses him and gives him the
-key to the castle. With helmet in hand, Sir
-Galahad kneels reverently before the saintly
-man who greets him kindly as he holds toward
-him the great key.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“GALAHAD DELIVERS THE CAPTIVE VIRTUES”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>Sir Galahad enters the castle and is welcomed
-by the maidens, who have long been expecting
-him, for it was according to prophecy that a
-perfect knight should come to deliver them.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Mr. Abbey has represented these maidens
-as most beautiful in form and feature. They
-are dressed in pale colors such as blue, white,
-rose, and lilac, richly embroidered with gold.
-Our hero is turned away from us as he humbly
-receives the shyly offered gratitude of the fair
-maidens. His helmet and shield may be seen
-on the floor beside him. In size and importance
-this large picture is a sort of companion picture
-to the one on the opposite side of the room,
-“The Round Table of King Arthur.” Both
-are beautiful in color and symmetry.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“GALAHAD PARTS FROM HIS BRIDE, BLANCHEFLEUR”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>Having released the imprisoned Virtues that
-they may go about in the world doing good, Sir
-Galahad returns to King Arthur’s court and
-marries the Lady Blanchefleur, to whom he had
-become betrothed while a pupil of Gurnemanz.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>On his wedding morning the vision of the
-Grail appears to him many times, and the
-thought of poor old King Amfortas, awaiting
-the knight who is to release him, saddens
-Galahad. He is seized with a great desire to
-continue his quest, and finding his young bride
-in sympathy with his ambition, he decides to
-start out that day on his journey.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The picture represents the bride Blanchefleur
-seated in her wedding clothes, the wreath of
-roses still on her head and holding a bunch of
-roses in her hands. Sir Galahad waves his hand
-in parting, preparatory to donning his shield and
-sword, and goes forth to join the companion
-waiting for him at the gate. The bride shows no
-signs of grief, for she knows it is according to the
-prophecy that he should successfully accomplish
-his quest, and she feels the high purpose
-which calls him. And Galahad goes forth with
-renewed faith and inspiration to the final
-accomplishment of his great quest.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“AMFORTAS RELEASED BY GALAHAD”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>After many days he again finds the Castle
-of the Grail. Upon entering, he sees the same
-procession passing before the unseeing eyes of
-the suffering King Amfortas and his unhappy
-knights. As before, he cannot understand it, but
-grown wiser by his hard-earned experience, he
-now knows that he must ask the question.
-His keen sympathy for the king brings the
-involuntary question to his lips, “What aileth
-thee, O King? And what mean these things?”
-At his words the spell is broken, and all is light
-and life again.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>But King Amfortas wishes for nothing more
-in life than to be permitted to die in peace. So
-in this picture we see Sir Galahad affectionately
-bending over the dying Amfortas as he lifts him
-up that he may see the vision of the Grail, at
-last made visible to him again. The Angel is
-carrying it away from the castle, and it is not
-seen again until Sir Galahad finally achieves
-it at Sarras.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“GALAHAD THE DELIVERER”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>Not only has Sir Galahad released the
-inmates of the enchanted Castle of the Grail,
-but he has removed the spell that was upon
-all the country round, the Loathly Damsel,
-and all others. But he has not yet achieved
-the Grail itself. So he starts out once more on
-his noble white charger, surrounded by the
-grateful people, chief among them the Loathly
-Damsel who so bitterly upbraided him at his
-first failure. Now restored to beauty and
-virtue, she is kneeling in the foreground of the
-picture.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The hero rides erect, carrying his banner,
-and looking straight ahead. We see the houses
-of the people in the background, and catch a
-glimpse of the sea toward which Sir Galahad
-rides.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“THE VOYAGE TO SARRAS,” OR “SOLOMON’S SHIP”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>According to the legend it was in the time
-of the wise King Solomon that a ship of mysterious
-and wonderful workmanship had been
-built. Just as King Solomon was about to go
-on board strange letters of fire, written in the
-air by an angel, warned him not to enter. As
-he stepped back, the ship suddenly started off
-by itself and disappeared out to sea. In some
-miraculous way it had been kept all these years
-to fulfill its destiny and bring Sir Galahad to
-Sarras, where he should achieve the Grail.
-And so, coming to the shore of the sea, he finds
-there the ship waiting for him. Little is known
-of the city of Sarras, except that it is supposed
-to have been in the Holy Land, and that this
-was the place where the Holy Grail was to be
-found.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In the picture is represented the voyage to
-Sarras on King Solomon’s ship. It is a frail-looking
-ship, guided by the Angel of the Grail,
-guarding her treasure. Two knights, Percival
-and Bors, have been permitted to go with Sir
-Galahad on this journey. They cannot see
-the Grail itself, having sinned once, yet their
-faith and persistent search have made it possible
-for them to go with him.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“THE CITY OF SARRAS”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>When they arrived at the city of Sarras,
-Sir Galahad’s shield was at once recognized,
-and the voyagers were treated as holy men.
-The knights went about doing good, and
-through the power given them by their
-purity they were enabled to heal the sick
-and the crippled.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The news of their good works aroused the
-jealousy and anger of the wicked king of that
-country, who cast the three knights into prison.
-Here they were fed by the Holy Grail. The
-wicked king grew very ill and at last sent for
-them, begging their mercy. Scarcely had they
-granted it when the king died. The whole city
-proclaimed Galahad king.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>So here in this picture we see Galahad’s
-sword and shield laid aside, his adventures
-over. Three ships are anchored in the bay of
-the quiet city, and the tall buildings with their
-stately towers are surrounded by a great red
-wall.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>“THE GOLDEN TREE AND THE ACHIEVEMENT OF THE GRAIL”</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>Galahad had been king of Sarras over a year
-when sailing one day, in his ship, he prayed that
-“when he might ask it, he should pass out of
-this world.” He is promised that his request
-will be granted and that then he shall see the
-Holy Grail unveiled.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In this picture the Golden Tree signifies his
-work on earth completed. As he kneels and
-makes his request, his sword and shield, now
-useless, fall from him and the Grail is revealed
-to his sight. Seven angels with wings of crimson
-surround him. The Grail is borne heavenward,
-never to be seen again on earth. Divine wisdom
-has been attained.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
-picture.</b> Where are the original paintings? Why
-did Mr. Abbey choose this subject? What
-preparation did he make before he painted these
-pictures? What was the legend of the Holy
-Grail? What power did the Holy Grail not
-have? What happened to King Amfortas? Why
-did Sir Galahad wish to find the Grail? What
-was required of the knight who should find
-it? What preparation did Sir Galahad make?
-What strange events made the other knights
-decide to follow Sir Galahad? Why did Sir
-Galahad fail when he reached the Castle of
-the Grail? How did his failure affect the
-people about him? Tell about the conquest of
-the Seven Deadly Sins. What became of the
-seven sins, and what does that signify? Tell
-about Sir Galahad’s final success.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>To the Teacher</b>: Pupils may be asked to
-prepare and give orally short descriptions of at
-least one picture; class discussions should be
-encouraged.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>After the entire series has been studied,
-pupils may choose one of the pictures as a
-subject for English composition work. They
-will be interested in reading Tennyson’s <i>Sir
-Galahad</i>, <i>The Holy Grail</i>, or other selections
-from the <i>Idylls of the King</i>.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>The story of the artist.</b> Mr. Edwin Austin
-Abbey was born in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
-He is one of the few great American artists who
-has won fame both at home and abroad. Living
-in Philadelphia, he attended the Pennsylvania
-Academy of Fine Arts, which he left at the age
-of nineteen to enter the art department of
-Harper and Brothers, New York City. His
-first success came as an illustrator for their
-publications. It was through the Harpers, too,
-that he went to England, for they sent him
-there to gather material for some poems which
-they wished him to illustrate. He was especially
-interested in literary subjects, and while in England
-prepared many of his best illustrations,
-among them those for Shakespeare’s comedies
-and for Goldsmith’s <i>She Stoops to Conquer</i>.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>His water colors and pastels were also very
-popular. His most important work in oils—“The
-Holy Grail,” is in the United States.
-When this picture was almost finished he went,
-at the request of King Edward VII, to paint
-a picture of the coronation. The groups of
-figures, with their elaborate costumes and rich
-coloring, offered every inducement to one who
-so loved these things. Mr. Abbey became
-very popular in England. He received many
-medals, and all possible honors both at home
-and abroad.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>SUPPLEMENTARY READINGS</h3>
-<div class='lg-container-l c018'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'><i>Idylls of the King</i>, Tennyson.</div>
- <div class='line'><i>The Vision of Sir Launfal</i>, Lowell.</div>
- <div class='line'><i>The Legend of the Holy Grail</i>, Baxter.</div>
- <div class='line'><i>The Quest and Achievement of the Holy Grail</i>, Henry James.</div>
- <div class='line'><i>Handbook</i> of the Boston Public Library.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Who painted
-this picture? Where was he born? Where
-did he study? How did he achieve his first
-success? How did he happen to go to England?
-What is his most important work? Where
-was it painted?</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div id='i078' class='figcenter id014'>
-<img src='images/i078.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic007'>
-<p><span class='small'>From a Copley Print copyright by<br />Curtis &amp; Cameron, Publishers, Boston</span></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c007'>THE WOLF CHARMER</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> What does
-this picture represent? What is the man doing?
-What effect does that have upon the wolves?
-Tell some of the general traits of a wolf. How
-many ever saw a tame wolf? Why do you
-suppose they have not become domesticated
-like other animals? On what is the man
-playing? Why do you suppose this picture is
-called “The Wolf Charmer”? What kind of
-a picture would you call it—realistic or
-imaginative?</p>
-<div class='lg-container-l c019'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'><b>Artist</b>: John La Farge (lȧ färzh’).</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Birthplace</b>: New York City, New York.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Dates</b>: Born, 1835; died, 1910.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'><b>The story of the picture.</b> The weird charm
-of this picture lies in the strange, elfish sympathy
-which this man seems to have with the
-evil-looking wolves, and is increased by our
-knowledge of the nature and disposition of those
-fierce creatures. We have an instinctive fear
-of them. Perhaps this is due to the fact that
-very little good has ever been said or written
-about a wolf.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>History tells us that packs of wolves once
-howled around the city of Paris all night and
-even tore people to pieces in the very streets
-of the city. Stories are told of travelers
-pursued by hungry packs of wolves and tales
-of horror are brought by the very few who
-have escaped with their lives. Legends, fables,
-myths, and traditions which describe the savage
-ferocity of the wolf are numerous. How often
-we hear the expressions,—“a wolf in sheep’s
-clothing,” and “keep the wolf from the door”!</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Such a reputation, coming from so early a
-date, we may be sure has a foundation in fact.
-We have not been taught to fear these animals
-without reason. Wolves are among the wildest
-and fiercest of animals, and farther removed
-from human association than any others. Men
-have tried again and again to tame them, but
-have been successful only in rare instances.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Some authorities argue that the fact that
-wolves have occasionally been tamed goes to
-prove that the wild, ferocious disposition of the
-wolf is the result of circumstances. Very rare
-instances are known in which these creatures
-have been captured and tamed, following their
-masters like dogs, even making good watch
-dogs, and learning to bark almost like a dog.
-A merchant in Petrograd drove a pair in harness,
-having trained them when very young. But
-then we have the story of the Duke of Württemberg,
-who kept a tame wolf in his beautiful
-Castle of Louisburg. It had been trained like
-a dog, and had never been known to attack any
-one. But suddenly one day without any provocation
-whatever it flew at an officer and bit a
-piece out of his cheek.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Treachery, caution, and cunning are the
-qualities usually attributed to wolves. No one
-has ever accused them of stupidity, however.
-On the other hand, trappers have been amazed
-and chagrined by the shrewdness displayed by
-these animals. When traps have been placed
-to which a fuse of gunpowder was attached,
-they have frequently been known to gnaw the
-strings so as to prevent the explosion, and then
-make away with the bait, unharmed. Only
-extreme hunger, however, will ever drive them
-near a trap.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Wolves belong to the same family as dogs
-and look very much like them. We can see in
-our picture that they are about the same size
-as a large dog, only leaner and more gaunt, and
-with a wicked expression on their faces. This
-expression comes partly from the eyes, which
-are oblique or slanting, the pupils round; and
-partly from the muzzle, which is somewhat
-longer than that of most dogs and displays their
-cruel-looking teeth. The ears are rather small
-and are held erect.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Wolves are very powerful and very active,
-and their claws and teeth are formidable even
-to look at. All their senses seem unusually
-well developed, so that they can hear, smell, and
-see an object long before we could.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>They travel with great speed. Hunters
-tell us of the tireless gallop with which they
-pursue their prey. A horse can outrun them,
-but only when the distance is not too great.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Wolves are born in dark caverns or in gloomy
-holes in trees or rocks. They are of many
-different kinds and colors—red, black, white,
-and gray. They are still to be found in many
-countries, and chiefly in the unfrequented and
-mountainous regions in the northern parts of
-Europe, Russia, and North America; but man
-has almost succeeded in exterminating them.
-We usually think and read of wolves in packs,
-but authorities tell us that they do not live in
-communities, and do not go about in groups
-or packs unless in search of prey.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Ernest Thompson Seton describes the three
-calls of the hunting wolf. The first is “the
-long-drawn, deep howl, the muster that tells of
-game discovered but too strong for the finder
-to manage alone”; the second call is higher,
-“that ringing and swelling is the cry of the pack
-on a hot scent”; the last is a sharp bark and
-short howl, which, “seeming least of all, is yet
-a gong of doom, for this is the cry, ‘Close in!
-This is the finish.’”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The “Charmer” in this picture does not
-impress us as a hunter who has been surrounded
-by wolves and is now turning his music to account
-in making his escape, but rather makes us
-feel that he has been far within the wilderness
-of rocks and woods calling these animals to him
-with the music of his bagpipe. He has a sort
-of wild, wolf-like look himself. One critic has
-suggested that he seems to be gnawing the
-pipes rather than playing upon them, and that
-his toes look like the claws of the wolves.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>No doubt he sat on one of those great rocks
-and played in his most seductive way, until he
-was quite surrounded by the savage creatures.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Can you not imagine him seated thus,
-drawing the weird yet sweet notes from his
-pipe, as first one pair of shiny eyes peered
-through the leaves or around the rocks, then
-another, and another, until gradually the creatures
-surrounded him? That music has charms
-has never been disputed. From the earliest
-history we have read stories of its wonderful
-subduing effect upon animals. A familiar quotation
-is this of Congreve’s:</p>
-
-<div class='lg-container-b c020'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>“Music hath charms to soothe a savage breast,</div>
- <div class='line in1'>To soften rocks, or bend a knotted oak.”</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'>You will remember in the poem by Robert
-Browning, <i>The Pied Piper of Hamelin</i>, how the
-old rat explained why he followed the piper:
-“At the first shrill notes.... I heard
-... a moving away of pickle-tubboards,
-and a leaving ajar of conserve-cupboards.”
-He smelled the most delicious old cheese
-in the world, and saw sugar barrels ahead of
-him, and then, just as a great sugar-puncheon
-seemed to be saying, “Come, bore me,” he felt
-the Weser rolling o’er him. Perhaps it is in
-some such way as this that the music holds these
-wolves as they follow the narrow path between
-the rocks. Charmed they are no doubt, but not
-tamed. See how the first two fellows seem
-to be keeping step with the man and the music,
-as they move with that soft, cautious tread of
-the wild animal.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>With the artist, La Farge, this picture was
-purely imaginative. He delighted in all subjects
-dealing with fairyland or witchcraft.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In this picture we are left to guess what sort
-of a man this is, and where he is going. Some
-critics speak of him as a sort of centaur, only
-instead of being half horse and half man, he is
-half wolf and half man. However that may
-be, he is able to control these animals through
-the power of music. He seems a strange, wild
-creature, indeed, and as we look at the picture
-it almost seems as if he were leaving the trees
-and the companionship of men to go with these
-wolves to their caves among the rocks.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The glimpse of the thick woods in the distance
-is interesting because of the variety in the
-arrangement and size of the tree trunks, the
-spots of light, and the suggestion of wildness.
-The picture is made up of curved lines which
-help give us the feeling of rhythm and music.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
-picture.</b> What is there unusual about this
-picture? Describe it. Describe the wolves. Tell
-something of their characteristics; their habits.
-Why are they feared? To what extent should
-you judge this man has tamed them? Where
-do they usually live? Where can we find wolves
-now? Why are they such a terror to travelers
-there? In what ways are they stronger than a
-horse? Describe the man in the picture.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>To the Teacher</b>: Fairy tales which may
-be read in connection with the study of this
-picture are “The Pied Piper of Hamelin,” “The
-Sorceress,” “The Fisherman and the Genii,”
-and “The Siren’s Song.”</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Story of the artist.</b> In reading the life of
-John La Farge, the artist, we cannot fail to be
-interested also in the more adventurous one of
-his father before him. For it was in the days
-of Napoleon the Great that Jean La Farge, then
-a young officer under General Leclerc, was sent
-to the West Indies to suppress an insurrection
-in Santo Domingo, Haiti. Here he was offered
-the rank of lieutenant if he would remain with
-the land forces, and this he decided to do.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Hardly had the small force of men which he
-commanded reached the shore, when they were
-surrounded and captured by the natives. He
-endured the agony of looking on while every
-member of his company was put to death by
-slow torture. Expecting every moment that it
-would be his turn next, he was quite overcome
-when told that his life would be spared that he
-might teach the rebel leader how to speak and
-write French. But he was closely guarded and
-allowed very little liberty while the rebellion
-lasted. Then, although still under guard, he
-was given more freedom.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Most of the natives were of African blood,
-or a mixture of Spaniard, Indian, and negro;
-but after the rebellion many white men settled
-on the island on account of the advantages
-of commerce. About a year after La Farge
-was taken prisoner he learned that a general
-massacre of all the white people on the
-island had been planned. Feeling sure that he
-would be included this time, with two others
-he made his escape. They secured a small rowboat
-and rowed along the shore until they
-reached a part of the island that belonged to
-Spain. Here they were fortunate enough to
-find a ship just ready to sail to Philadelphia.
-All took passage at once.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Arrived in America, Jean La Farge became
-much interested in this country. He saw
-at once the great possibilities in this new land
-and decided to make it his home. He became
-a trader and for twenty-five years he went from
-place to place, growing very wealthy. Then
-he bought plantations in Louisiana and farm
-lands in northern New York.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>A number of French aristocrats and others
-formed a French colony in New York City, and
-here Mr. La Farge finally came to live. He
-married the daughter of a former Santo Domingan
-planter who had joined the colony, and it
-was in New York that their boy, John La Farge,
-the artist, was born, March 31, 1835. The boy
-was named after his father, Jean Frédéric de La
-Farge, but the name was abbreviated and the
-English spelling used, so that it became John
-La Farge.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It was a very comfortable home, in some
-ways luxurious, and his boyhood was passed
-under most favorable circumstances. His
-grandfather was a miniature painter of some
-note and he gave La Farge his first drawing
-lessons. The boy, however, showed no especial
-interest or talent for drawing. After he had
-finished a classical course at school, he decided
-to become a lawyer. When he had completed
-the law course he was sent abroad to Paris, to
-visit his father’s relatives, who were very prominent
-people. Here he met many writers and
-artists of note, and finally began to study painting
-under Couture. He spent most of his time
-copying the famous paintings in the Louvre,
-and the etchings of Rembrandt. His idea at
-this time was not to become a painter by profession
-but only to use art as a pastime—he
-was to earn his living as a lawyer. He says,
-“No one ever struggled more against his destiny
-than I. Nor did I for many years fully
-acquiesce in being a painter, though I learned
-the methods and studied the problems of my
-art.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It was about this time that he met the enthusiastic
-American painter, William Hunt, who
-so inspired La Farge that he left everything
-and followed him back to Newport, Rhode
-Island, where he began studying in earnest
-under his new master. The two men became
-close friends.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It was at Newport that La Farge married
-Miss Margaret Perry, who was the great-granddaughter
-of Benjamin Franklin and the granddaughter
-of Commodore Perry, so well known
-as commander of the American fleet in the
-Battle of Lake Erie. They lived in Newport
-during the summer, but spent their winters in
-New York City.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>At the time of the Civil War, La Farge wished
-to enlist, but failed to pass the physical examination
-because he was nearsighted. Then, giving
-himself entirely to his art, he succeeded
-in working out his own methods.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>His first paintings were for church decorations—the
-most important being “Saint Paul,”
-“The Madonna,” and “Saint John.” The last
-two were painted for the Church of St. Peter
-in New York City.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Then came a severe illness from which
-La Farge recovered very slowly, and it was
-nearly three years before he could become an
-active painter again. In the meantime he
-began drawing on wood, illustrating Browning’s
-and Longfellow’s poems, and Tennyson’s <i>Enoch
-Arden</i>. Later another trip abroad resulted in
-the exhibition of his paintings in the galleries
-there. He made a careful study of stained-glass
-windows and by much experimenting he
-discovered a way to produce an opalescent effect
-in stained glass and to make the glass look like
-that in the very old cathedrals.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>La Farge was always interested in mural or
-wall decorations for public buildings, and he
-felt that our buildings in America lacked very
-much in that respect. He made a special study
-of this work, and ten years later he began his
-mural decorations for Trinity Church in Boston.
-It was one of the first buildings so decorated in
-this country, and the work was accomplished
-under great difficulties. The workmen did not
-understand just what they were to do, the right
-kind of materials could not always be obtained
-and so had to be prepared, and the people, having
-no idea of the task, required that the work be
-finished in an unreasonably short time. The
-result was that La Farge and his assistants
-were compelled to work night and day, in very
-cold weather, and under many disadvantages.
-However, when the scaffolding was finally removed
-the decoration was considered a great
-success. La Farge was then asked to decorate
-St. Thomas’ Church in New York.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The artist now began to decorate windows
-too, that they might be a part of the mural
-decorations. One of his first window designs
-was placed in the Congregational Church
-at Newport, then one in Memorial Hall,
-Harvard University. They are wonderful in
-color and design, containing almost every
-known kind of glass and every precious
-stone. Then came demands from all over
-the country for both public buildings and
-private homes. He was honored both in this
-country and abroad.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In 1886 La Farge went to Japan. While
-there he sent a series of very interesting letters
-to the <i>Century Magazine</i> describing his travels.
-These letters have since been published in book
-form. La Farge also wrote <i>Considerations on
-Painting</i>, a series of books on the <i>Great Masters</i>,
-and the Japanese <i>Hokusai</i>.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Some of his best-known windows and mural
-decorations are the Watson Memorial Window
-in Trinity Church, Buffalo; “The Ascension,”
-a fresco in the Church of Ascension, New York
-City; “Athens,” in the Art Gallery at Bowdoin
-College, Maine; “Law,” in the Supreme Court
-Room, St. Paul; and “Lawgivers,” in the Court
-House, Baltimore.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Who painted
-this picture? Tell about his father’s experiences
-in the West Indies. How did the elder La Farge
-happen to come to America? What did he do
-in this country? Where and when was the
-artist born? What education did he receive?
-Where did he go after he finished college? How
-did he seem to regard painting at this time?
-What American artist encouraged him to study
-art? Tell about his progress; his marriage; his
-travels. Tell about his first mural decoration.
-Why was it so difficult to accomplish? To what
-did this lead? Tell about his window designs.
-Where can we see some of La Farge’s work?
-What books did he write?</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 id='illus' class='c007'>AMERICAN ILLUSTRATORS</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'><b>The antiquity of illustration.</b> The desire
-for pictures illustrating ideas dates back no
-doubt to the beginning of the world. The cave
-dweller left a record of such an ambition on the
-carved walls of his rude house and on the handle
-of his battle ax. Savages made of themselves
-living illustrations, by painting their bodies
-in gay colors and designs representing their
-ideas of beauty. The Egyptians used stone and
-papyrus for mediums of expression, while a
-century later parchment and vellum were used.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Each illustration was a finished piece of
-work. In order to reproduce it, the artist must
-make a new one each time. Then some one
-discovered the block print. The design or
-illustration was cut in wood, then inked and
-placed on sheets of paper much as we use
-block prints now. Playing cards were produced
-in this way long before books appeared.
-It was but a step from printing a whole page
-of type to separating the letters so they could
-be rearranged and used many times. The
-Chinese understood printing with movable type
-centuries before we ever thought of it.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Since the time the printing press was finally
-invented there have been new processes and
-new methods, but an illustration as such has
-remained unchanged. Joseph Pennell tells us
-in his book on the <i>Illustration of Books</i> that
-an illustration “is a design intended to give an
-artist’s idea of an incident, episode, or topographical
-site, or it may be but a mere diagram
-referred to by a writer.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><b>Requirements for an illustrator.</b> A good
-illustrator requires good preparatory training.
-He should know how to draw well, and should
-have a good education in general subjects, that
-he may be able to illustrate intelligently the
-various subjects that will come before him.
-He must be able to select the important things
-in the author’s work and so represent them
-that the attention of the public will be drawn
-to them. In order that his pictures may be
-properly reproduced he must understand the
-process and make his work comply with its
-limitations for good work. To be successful
-he must be sure of his material, and his subjects
-must please both the author and the general
-public.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><b>The process of illustration.</b> An illustration
-is usually first sketched with a pencil on stiff
-paper or bristol board, the size it is to be when
-completed or in some relation to it. That is,
-it may be enlarged or reduced when printed.
-Perhaps the most popular method is to make the
-drawing twice as large as the finished print.
-This pencil sketch is then corrected and finally
-drawn in with pen and ink or brush.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The finished drawing is photographed on the
-plate to be used, and finished according to some
-one of many different processes.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><b>Illustration in the United States.</b> It was
-not until after the Civil War, in 1861, that
-illustration began to play an important part
-in the magazines and books of this country.
-To be sure, caricature had long been popular
-in the newspapers of the day, Thomas Nast
-having made his famous political cartoons
-during the war. Illustration in its more serious
-sense, however, received its first awakening
-when La Farge illustrated Tennyson’s <i>Enoch
-Arden</i> and other poems. Some authorities
-declare that E. A. Abbey’s pen-and-ink drawings
-and illustrations of the works of Goldsmith
-were the first of importance in America.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Most of our best illustrators have contributed
-to the leading magazines, and so we are able
-to judge their work.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>A few of the most prominent names are:</p>
-
-<table class='table0' summary=''>
-<colgroup>
-<col width='37%' />
-<col width='62%' />
-</colgroup>
- <tr>
- <th class='c008'><span class='sc'>Artist</span></th>
- <th class='c021'><span class='sc'>Characteristic Work</span></th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>Howard Pyle</td>
- <td class='c021'>Colonial times in New England.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>W. A. Woolf</td>
- <td class='c021'>Life of street arabs; humorous.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>E. W. Kemble</td>
- <td class='c021'>Negro life.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>W. A. Rogers</td>
- <td class='c021'>Tenement districts; pathetic.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>A. B. Frost</td>
- <td class='c021'>American life.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>Elihu Vedder</td>
- <td class='c021'>Rubáiyát of Omar Khayám.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>C. D. Gibson</td>
- <td class='c021'>American girl.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>F. Remington</td>
- <td class='c021'>The Indian.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>Reginald Birch</td>
- <td class='c021'>Children’s stories.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>A. B. Wenzell</td>
- <td class='c021'>Society life.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>Alice Barber Stevens</td>
- <td class='c021'>Childhood.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>Howard C. Christy</td>
- <td class='c021'>The Christy girl.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c008'>H. B. Taylor</td>
- <td class='c021'>Longfellow’s poems.</td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions about the art of illustration.</b>
-When and how did people first begin to illustrate?
-How did these illustrations differ from
-ours in execution? Of what use was a wood-block
-print? To what did this lead? What
-preparatory training does a good illustrator
-need? Tell something of the process, or how
-illustrations are made. Tell something of the
-history of illustration in the United States.
-Name some of the best-known illustrators.
-Who is your favorite illustrator? why? Is
-it the subject of his illustration or his execution
-that appeals to you the more?</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>To the Teacher</b>: The lesson may be assigned
-by topics to various pupils for preparation and
-recitation.</p>
-<div class='lg-container-l c022'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>1. The History of Illustration.</div>
- <div class='line'>2. Illustration in the United States.</div>
- <div class='line'>3. What Constitutes a Good Illustration?</div>
- <div class='line'>4. Your Favorite Illustrator and Why.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c000' />
-</div>
-<div id='i096' class='figcenter id014'>
-<img src='images/i096.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic015'>
-<p><span class='small'>Copyright by the Curtis Publishing Co. From a Copley<br />Print copyright by Curtis &amp; Cameron, Boston</span></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c007'>EVANGELINE</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> How many
-of you have read <i>Evangeline</i> by Henry Wadsworth
-Longfellow? Why do you suppose this
-picture is so named? Describe the Evangeline
-in this picture—her appearance, expression,
-and surroundings. Where do you think she is
-going? why? How many of you think she is
-coming home from church? why? Describe
-the house near the road; the people you see.
-What can you say of the perspective of this
-road? What impression does this picture give
-you—one of peace, plenty, quiet, or the
-reverse, and why?</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c005'>
- <div>EVANGELINE</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='lg-container-b c020'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>“Fair was she to behold, that maiden of seventeen summers.</div>
- <div class='line in1'>Black were her eyes as the berry that grows on the thorn by the wayside,</div>
- <div class='line in1'>Black, yet how softly they gleamed beneath the brown shade of her tresses.</div>
- </div>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line in1'>Fairer was she when, on Sunday morn, while the bell from its turret</div>
- <div class='line in1'>Sprinkled with holy sounds the air, as the priest with his hyssop</div>
- <div class='line in1'>Sprinkles the congregation, and scatters blessings upon them,</div>
- <div class='line in1'>Down the long street she passed, with her chaplet of beads and her missal,</div>
- <div class='line in1'>Wearing her Norman cap and her kirtle of blue, and the ear-rings,</div>
- <div class='line in1'>Brought in the olden time from France, and since, as an heirloom,</div>
- <div class='line in1'>Handed down from mother to child, through long generations.</div>
- <div class='line in1'>But a celestial brightness—a more ethereal beauty—</div>
- <div class='line in1'>Shone on her face and encircled her form, when after confession,</div>
- <div class='line in1'>Homeward serenely she walked with God’s benediction upon her.</div>
- <div class='line in1'>When she had passed, it seemed like the ceasing of exquisite music.”</div>
- <div class='c013'>—<i>Evangeline</i>, by Henry W. Longfellow</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='lg-container-l c014'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'><b>Artist</b>: William Ladd Taylor.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Birthplace</b>: Grafton, Massachusetts.</div>
- <div class='line'><b>Dates</b>: Born, 1854.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'><b>The story of the picture.</b> In illustrating
-Henry Wadsworth Longfellow’s poem <i>Evangeline</i>,
-Mr. Taylor has chosen to represent the heroine
-during the happiest part of her life, and before
-anything very exciting or at all strange began
-to happen, unless, perhaps, we feel that it is
-strange and wonderful that there should be such
-a little village as Grand-Pré, where Evangeline
-lived. History tells us that such a village did
-exist in Acadie—or Nova Scotia, Canada, as
-we call it now. The French and English had
-quarreled bitterly over this island, for each
-wanted possession of its fisheries. The English
-claimed the territory by right of discovery, and
-they finally secured possession of it.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Most of the people living there were French
-and had been given the privilege of leaving
-within two years. Though they desired to
-remain, yet they refused to take the oath
-of allegiance, and their oath of fidelity to the
-British king was accepted instead. They were
-exempted from bearing arms against their own
-countrymen, allowed to enjoy their religion, to
-have magistrates of their own selection, and, in
-fact, they had been permitted to do about as
-they pleased. Each man owned his farm and
-his stock, and all that goes to make a life
-of usefulness as well as of plenty and content.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Mr. Longfellow tells us:</p>
-
-<div class='lg-container-b c020'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>“Vast meadows stretched to the eastward,</div>
- <div class='line'>Giving the village its name, and pasture to flocks without number.</div>
- </div>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>Sea-fogs pitched their tents, and mists from the mighty Atlantic</div>
- <div class='line'>Looked on the happy valley, but ne’er from their station descended.</div>
- <div class='line'>There, in the midst of its farms, reposed the Acadian village.</div>
- <div class='line'>Strongly built were the houses, with frames of oak and of hemlock,</div>
- <div class='line'>Such as the peasants of Normandy built in the reign of the Henries.</div>
- <div class='line'>Thatched were the roofs, with dormer windows; and gables projecting</div>
- <div class='line'>Over the basement below protected and shaded the doorway.”</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'>How carefully Mr. Taylor studied all these
-details is shown by the way he represents the
-main street of the little village of Grand-Pré.
-How much more picturesque these thatched-roofed
-houses are than some of our more costly
-and elaborate modern homes! A roof made of
-simple framework, however, covered with thick
-layers of skillfully arranged straw or reeds,
-called thatch, does not seem very practicable
-to us in these days.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It is not difficult to determine who is the
-center of interest in this picture. We recognize
-Evangeline with her white Normandy cap, her
-kirtle or short jacket with its flowing sleeves,
-and we can even distinguish her beads. Her
-missal, or Roman Catholic mass book, is clasped
-in both hands as she passes quietly down the
-street, and the expression in her face is one of
-perfect peace and happiness.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>She has passed the group of visiting women,
-as well as the two men standing by the gate who
-have turned to look after her. We know that
-she has greeted them all pleasantly, if a bit
-absently, and it is plain that she has now forgotten
-them again in the absorption of her
-mind.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Although the picture does not even suggest
-the strange and adventurous future before her,
-still it is all the more pleasing because it gives
-us a glimpse of Evangeline in the hour of peace
-and happiness. We are made to feel the secret
-of the reserve strength of our heroine who, thus
-fortified, will be equal to all that must befall
-her. We shall wish to read again Mr. Longfellow’s
-poem <i>Evangeline</i>.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>According to the story, Evangeline keeps
-house for her father, who is known as the wealthiest
-farmer of Grand-Pré. He is well on in
-years, genial, kindly, always looking on the
-bright side of life, and his home is known far
-and wide for its hospitality and cheer. The
-house is out a little way from the village and is
-built on the side of a hill, so that it commands
-a fine view of the ocean. Meadows, orchards,
-great barns with their dovecotes, beehives, a
-well with its moss-grown bucket, weathercocks,
-and sheepfolds complete the picture.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>One of the farmer’s best friends is Basil, the
-blacksmith, who is a much honored man in the
-village. He has one son, Gabriel. Evangeline
-and Gabriel have played together as children,
-have grown up together, and now they are
-engaged to be married. Already the contract
-is signed, the dower of the bride in flocks of
-sheep and in cattle has been determined, and
-all is ready for the wedding feast.</p>
-
-<div class='lg-container-b c020'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>“Fairest of all the maids was Evangeline, Benedict’s daughter!</div>
- <div class='line in1'>Noblest of all the youths was Gabriel, son of the blacksmith!”</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'>But their wedding is almost forgotten because
-of the terrible events which prevent it.
-For several days a fleet of English ships has
-been observed approaching the harbor with their
-guns pointed toward the peaceful little village
-of Grand-Pré. On the very day set for the
-wedding, the English soldiers land and demand
-the surrender of all their arms in the name of the
-king. All the men are commanded to assemble
-in the meetinghouse at noon of that day. The
-people drive in from all the country around, a
-happy, care-free crowd, thinking that, since they
-have harmed no one, no harm can come to them.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>But once in the meetinghouse the soldiers
-lock and bolt the door while the commander
-reads the king’s proclamation from the pulpit.
-It is terrible beyond all belief, for it not only
-commands that they forfeit all their lands,
-dwellings, and cattle to the crown, but that
-they and their families shall be transported to
-other lands. A great cry arises, and all the
-men rush to the doorway. But there is no
-means of escape, for the soldiers are well armed
-and prepared.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Then Basil the blacksmith calls upon them
-all to resist and is promptly felled by a soldier.
-All is angry commotion when the door of the
-chancel opens and Father Felician, whom all
-revere, stands before them commanding their
-silence. He appeals to their faith, and their
-reverence for the house of God, and by his wise
-counsel succeeds in quieting his people. Meanwhile
-the women wait outside in the churchyard,
-fearful when the tumult is greatest but reassured
-when all is quiet again. Hour after hour passes
-by and still they wait.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>At length the door of the meetinghouse
-opens and a soldier appears. Again the fearful
-proclamation is read. Then the women are
-commanded to pack their household goods and
-be ready for sailing on the fifth day.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Now indeed a great cry of distress arises,
-echoed by the men, who are still held prisoners.
-Then, in obedience to a second command, the
-women depart for their homes. With heavy
-hearts they begin their packing. Evangeline,
-left alone without father or lover, looks at the
-table set for the wedding feast and at all the
-signs of rejoicing, then softly goes back to
-the meetinghouse. There she calls Gabriel
-by name several times but receives no answer.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>On the fifth day all is ready. The great
-wains empty their loads on the shore, and the
-women and children are waiting. At last, at a
-signal, the church door is thrown open and the
-prisoners march to the boats. Then comes
-the most terrible part of all. In their haste the
-soldiers separate families, placing some members
-in one ship, some in another.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Gabriel and his father are placed in different
-ships, while Evangeline and her father remain
-on the shore awaiting the last boat. And then
-comes the fearful sight of their homes and barns
-in flames, and the utter destruction of the village.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The horror and injustice of it all are too
-great for Evangeline’s father, who dies there
-upon the shore. Evangeline, left thus alone
-and crushed by her sorrow, scarce knows when
-she is led into the ship or when the ships depart.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Many days pass before the people are landed
-on a foreign shore. Then the first thought of
-all is to seek relatives and friends.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The rest of the story tells of Evangeline’s
-long search for Gabriel and her many discouragements
-as she follows this rumor and that.
-The priest, Father Felician, goes with her on
-the journey, encouraging and helping her.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Once Gabriel and Evangeline pass each other
-on the water, but it is during the night and
-neither is aware that the other is so near.
-Gabriel finds his father but, restless and unhappy,
-he does not remain with him long. And
-so it happens that when Evangeline at length
-finds Basil the blacksmith, Gabriel is not with
-him. He had left just the day before. So Basil
-sets out with Evangeline in search of his son.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>After years of patience and perseverance,
-rewarded only by failure, Evangeline ceases her
-wandering and becomes a nurse. And then it
-is she finds Gabriel, on his deathbed.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It is a sad but beautiful story, and it is all
-founded on facts. Not only was there such a
-village as Grand-Pré with just such people living
-in it, but it is also true that in 1755 King George
-II of England sent his fleet to scatter them
-among the other British provinces. He believed
-that these people aided the Indians and, because
-of the almost independent character of the
-colony, embarrassed the local government.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>As we read the story we cannot but be glad
-that Mr. Taylor chose the Evangeline of the
-happy days of Grand-Pré, rather than any other
-picture of her that he might have shown us.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The soft tones in the picture are especially
-pleasing, as well as the few strong notes of color
-in the dresses and the houses. The perspective
-of the road is made interesting by the figures in
-it, as well as by the houses and trees on each side.
-Note the difference in size of the various figures
-according to their distance. This makes the
-road appear longer and more winding.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
-picture.</b> Where did Evangeline live? Describe
-the village of Grand-Pré. Of what nationality
-were most of the people? How did they happen
-to be under English rule? What special privileges
-were they given? Who was the British
-king at the time of this story? Why did he
-wish to dispose of the Acadians? How did he
-do this? What became of the village? of the
-houses? of the people? their cattle, horses, sheep?
-Who was Evangeline? Gabriel? Basil the
-blacksmith? What event was to take place
-the day the king’s proclamation was read?
-Where was the proclamation read? What effect
-did it have upon the men? upon the women?
-What part of the story is represented in the
-picture? If you were to draw just one picture
-from this story, which would you choose? why?</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>The story of the artist.</b> As in the case of so
-many of our living artists, we know very little
-of the details of Mr. Taylor’s life. We do know
-that William Ladd Taylor was born at Grafton,
-Massachusetts, December 10, 1854, and that
-most of his education was received at Worcester,
-Massachusetts. He attended art schools in
-Boston and New York, and studied one year
-in Paris, France. He has traveled extensively,
-making a special study of mediæval architecture,
-costumes, and customs.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Owing to ill health, Mr. Taylor spent a year
-in Colorado, which proved most beneficial.
-There he produced several paintings, two of the
-best known being “The Caribou Hunter” and
-“Shooting the Rapids.” Mr. Taylor has lived
-most of his life in or near Boston.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>He has painted a series of pictures representing
-nineteenth-century New England; a
-series of pictures of the pioneer West; and
-the Longfellow series, including “Evangeline,”
-“Minnehaha and Hiawatha,” “The Village
-Blacksmith,” “The Hanging of the Crane,”
-“Maidenhood,” “The Old Clock on the Stairs,”
-“The Building of the Ship,” “Priscilla and
-John Alden,” “The Children’s Hour,” and
-others. Other paintings are the Psalm Series;
-Old Song Series; Our Home and Country, a
-book of pictures of American life; “The Earl’s
-Return,” illustrating Owen Meredith’s poem;
-and “Rosita,” illustrating Bret Harte’s <i>The
-Mystery of the Hacienda</i>.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Who painted
-this picture? Where was he born? What
-education did he receive? Name some of his
-best paintings.</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 id='cart' class='c007'>CARTOONS AND CARICATURES</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'><b>Significance of this form of illustration.</b>
-Very little or no distinction is made between
-the two words, caricature and cartoon, as we
-use them at the present day. Yet the word
-caricature instantly suggests something made
-ridiculous or absurd in a spirit of attack or
-burlesque, while a cartoon may be merely a
-suggestive representation of any person or idea
-of present interest. A caricature always makes
-ridiculous, but a cartoon may either ridicule
-or praise, and although usually humorous, it
-is more serious in its aims and subjects.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>To cartoon a public man once meant to
-insult him. If by any chance he had some
-prominent physical defect it was hailed with
-delight, and made the butt of the cartoonists’
-characterizations. Now our best cartoonists
-would not stoop to secure recognition by such
-means; they are more considerate, and we are
-allowed to appreciate their clever representations
-without feeling the sting of resentment, even
-though our sympathies are on the other side.
-But our cartoonists of to-day do not spend all
-their time representing the political issues; they
-also deal with the affairs of everyday life.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>We are told that the word cartoon
-originally meant a design or model for a large
-picture in fresco, oil, tapestry, statuary, glass,
-or mosaic. The most famous of these are the
-cartoons of Raphael, Leonardo da Vinci, and
-Michelangelo. But in 1843 a great exhibit of
-cartoons was held at Westminster Hall, London,
-from which the fresco decorations for the new
-houses of Parliament were to be chosen. At
-that time <i>Punch</i> declared itself a competitor,
-and presented its claims in its most humorous
-manner. The most absurd caricatures were
-dignified by the name cartoon, and the
-reasons why they should be accepted were set
-forth in a most laughable manner. For some
-time after this <i>Punch</i> continued to use the name
-cartoon for its representations, and when it
-would have gone back to the term caricature
-the public would not permit it. Perhaps the
-fact that the word cartoon is so much easier
-to pronounce had something to do with it.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>To the Teacher</b>: Pupils should be encouraged
-to bring good cartoons to school. These
-may be collected, and the best put up where all
-can see and be ready to discuss as to size, composition,
-variety, number, and color of lines
-used in expressing the idea.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>History of caricature and cartoon.</b> It is
-hard for us to realize that caricature is as old
-as man’s ability to express himself with chisel,
-pen, or ink. Away back in the time of the
-Assyrians and Egyptians we find certain caricatures
-representing grotesque figures drawn
-on papyrus. The Greeks caricatured their gods
-and heroes, although their sense of the beautiful
-made it impossible for them to distort the human
-figure. In Rome they were not so particular,
-and one caricature representing a dwarf philosopher
-preaching to a fox has been handed down
-to us in many different forms. During the
-Middle Ages caricatures were made of such
-unpopular ideas and experiences as Satan,
-death, pride, hatred, and so forth.</p>
-<div class='figcenter id016'>
-<img src='images/i111.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic007'>
-<p><span class='small'>By permission of Mr. John T. McCutcheon</span><br /><i>Baseball, Golf, Election Returns, and Swatting the Fly</i></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'>The invention of the printing press greatly
-increased the power and influence of the caricature,
-in spite of the many regulations and
-hindrances that had to be complied with.
-During the Revolution, Napoleon I tried to
-repress caricature in France, and on this
-account the English made him a special victim
-of their ridicule. The kings and aristocracy
-that held sway after the Restoration next
-became the subject of satire. Then in 1830
-came the invention of lithography and, with
-the increasing freedom of the press, caricature,
-of course, reached its height. Poor Louis
-Philippe, of France, was the most caricatured
-of all the kings, because of his pear-shaped
-head, which was so easy to draw. In London,
-caricature became more and more popular with
-the founding of <i>Punch</i> in 1841. The best-known
-contributor to <i>Punch</i> was Du Maurier,
-whose burlesques of aristocratic society in
-England were taken in good part. In Germany,
-Wilhelm Scholz’s caricatures of Bismarck are
-famous. And so on through all the countries,
-we find traces of the art of caricature.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In America we find Benjamin Franklin first
-on the list. We are told that the talent came
-naturally to him, as his grandfather and father
-before him had shown considerable ingenuity in
-that direction but had not ventured to express
-it except in the signs and printed handbills
-advertising their trade. It was the custom at
-that time to advertise by means of pictures or
-representations—a gilt Bible in front of a
-store meant a book store; an anchor, naval
-supplies; the figure of a mermaid, an ale house;
-a gilt sheaf, a paper store, and so on. The
-figure of an East Indian queen gayly dressed
-in a many-colored gown advertised the store
-belonging to Franklin’s grandfather, where he
-offered “to dye into colors” all cloth, silk,
-and calico. The handbills which he sent out
-were more elaborate, representing the same
-queen but with two servants, one holding up her
-train, the other holding a parasol over her. All
-public buildings were easily recognized by the
-carved royal lion and unicorn.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Benjamin’s brother James started the first
-sensational newspaper in Boston, Massachusetts,
-in 1721. This paper was called the <i>Courant</i>,
-and to it Benjamin Franklin first contributed
-his articles and caricatures. Their wit was not
-appreciated by the sober people of Boston, and
-it was not long before the brother was put in
-prison on account of his editorials. Benjamin
-continued the paper, fearlessly ridiculing in
-writing and pictures not only Harvard College
-but the ministers and well-known church members.
-The people were now thoroughly aroused,
-and soon both brothers were forbidden to print
-their paper.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>So far, however, work in caricature had been
-crude and was to be completely overshadowed
-by the brilliant Thomas Nast, the great political
-cartoonist. Mr. William M. Tweed was the first
-political “boss,” and the subject of Mr. Nast’s
-cartoons. He represented that leader’s face as
-a money bag with dollar signs as features, and
-in this strange way he somehow managed to
-secure a very good likeness of the man. It is
-even said that when at last Tweed was forced
-to run away to escape imprisonment, he was
-recognized and caught through the familiarity
-of all with his cartooned face. Mr. Nast’s
-cartoons were published in <i>Harper’s Weekly</i>,
-and became so popular that they opened a way
-for the publication of a new humorous magazine,
-<i>Puck</i>. Then came <i>Judge</i> and <i>Life</i>. These three
-are devoted mainly to cartoons.</p>
-<div class='figcenter id017'>
-<img src='images/i114.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic007'>
-<p><span class='small'>By permission of Mr. John T. McCutcheon</span><br /><i>The Mounted Policeman’s Lot Is Not a Happy One</i></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'>Now many weekly journals, as <i>Harper’s</i>,
-<i>Leslie’s</i>, and a monthly magazine called <i>Cartoons</i>,
-make this a special feature. Nearly
-every newspaper in the country contains at least
-one cartoon in each issue, and many have their
-own cartoonists, whose time is busily occupied
-preparing drawings for the daily issues.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Then, too, the Sunday supplements are full
-of them, and we have become well acquainted
-with Frederick Burr Opper, creator of “Happy
-Hooligan,” “The Folks in Funnyville,” “Alphonse
-and Gaston,” “Maud, the Matchless,”
-“John Bull,” and others; Richard Felton
-Outcault, creator of “Hogan’s Alley,” “Yellow
-Kid,” “Buster Brown,” “Buster, Mary Jane,
-and Tige”; A. B. Frost, creator of “Tragedy of
-the Kind Hearted Man and the Ungrateful
-Bull Calf” and “The Spinster’s Cat That Ate
-Rat Poison,”; Carl Emil Schultze, known as
-“Bunny,” creator of “Foxy Grandpa” and
-“Bunny’s Blue Book,” and many others.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><b>Requirements.</b> A good cartoon must show
-the real characteristics of the original, exaggerated,
-yet easy to recognize. A picture that
-will tell its story at a glance can be understood
-by all, and will be remembered long after
-paragraphs are forgotten. So it is readily seen
-what a power for good may be found in the
-daily cartoon.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It is necessary that a good cartoonist have
-a clear sense of form, although great freedom
-is allowed in his drawing and no attempt is
-made for a studied or accurate representation.
-He should be a keen observer and well informed,
-especially on all topics of daily interest, and
-possessed of much originality and a ready pencil.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><b>Process of making a cartoon.</b> A general
-idea may be given of how a cartoon is made.
-First, the cartoonist must have a subject or an
-idea to be represented. This is sometimes suggested
-by the city editor, by members of the
-staff, or more often left entirely to the judgment
-of the artist. Then the idea is usually sketched
-in with pencil on a piece of medium weight cardboard,
-corrected, and then finished in pen and
-ink. Black ink is used with pens of various sizes
-depending upon the width of line desired. The
-best cartoonists use lines of different widths.
-Often we find a strong bold line for the foreground,
-a medium line for the middle distance,
-and a thin line for extreme distance. The
-drawing is usually made twice the size it is to
-appear in the paper. When sent to the printer
-a photograph is made of the drawing of the size
-required. The film is then stripped off the plate
-and put on a heavier, thicker plate and printed
-through on a piece of zinc, covered with some
-substance which is not affected by acid. The
-zinc is then placed in an acid bath which eats
-away the parts exposed to light in the printing,
-leaving the lines of the drawing untouched.</p>
-<h3 class='c015'>JOHN T. McCUTCHEON</h3>
-
-<p class='c016'>One of the best-known of our cartoonists is
-Mr. John Tinney McCutcheon, of the <i>Chicago
-Tribune</i>. He is one of a comparatively small
-number of cartoonists who have studied art
-and understand the principles governing it.
-Many have not had this special training, and
-must rely entirely upon the clever idea represented
-and the natural skill which they possess.
-Besides this preparation Mr. McCutcheon is a
-graduate of Purdue University, Purdue, Indiana.
-He has traveled around the world, and seems
-to have qualified himself for his work in an
-ideal way. An eyewitness of the Battle of
-Manila Bay during the Spanish War, he sent
-a detailed account to the <i>Chicago Record</i> which
-was one of the “most notable events of journalism
-in connection with the war.” He also
-visited many places in the Orient, in the Philippines,
-and was with the Boer Army in Africa
-as correspondent for the <i>Record</i>. In 1900 he
-returned to Chicago as political cartoonist for
-this paper, but later accepted a position with
-the <i>Chicago Tribune</i>.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Mr. McCutcheon is also an author, having
-published <i>Stories of Filipino Warfare</i>, and several
-series of cartoons in book form, as <i>Boy in
-Springtime Series</i>, and others. As a lecturer he
-has proved very popular in Lyceum and Chautauqua
-courses.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It is interesting to know that the dog appearing
-so often in his earlier cartoons was first
-introduced merely because there was a space
-in his picture that needed filling. The same
-thing happened several times, and when later
-he made a cartoon without the dog, people wrote
-and asked him what had become of it.</p>
-<div class='figcenter id014'>
-<img src='images/i118.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic007'>
-<p><span class='small'>By permission of Mr. John T. McCutcheon</span><br /><i>When Newspapers Are Scarce</i></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'>George Ade, in his introduction to the <i>Boy
-in Springtime Series</i>, has summed up Mr.
-McCutcheon’s qualities as a cartoonist in this
-way: “Clever execution, gentle humor, considerate
-treatment of public men, and wisdom
-in getting away from political subjects and
-giving us a few pictures of everyday life, which
-is our real interest.”</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>Questions about the art.</b> What is the
-difference between a cartoon and a caricature?
-How did the word cartoon come to have its
-present meaning? What kind of a magazine
-is <i>Punch</i>? Tell something of the early history
-of caricatures and cartoons. What effect did
-the invention of the printing press have upon
-them? Who was the first American caricaturist?
-Tell about Benjamin Franklin and his
-newspaper. What magazines publish cartoons
-now? What is your idea of a good cartoon?
-What subjects are usually chosen in newspaper
-cartoons? What good can they do in the world?
-what harm? What preparation is it necessary
-for a cartoonist to have? What preparation
-has Mr. J. T. McCutcheon made for his work?
-Tell something of his life and his cartoons.</p>
-<p class='c011'><b>To the Teacher</b>: The lesson may be prepared
-by assigning subjects to various pupils
-as follows:</p>
-<div class='lg-container-l c019'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>1. Meaning of the Terms Caricature and Cartoon.</div>
- <div class='line'>2. Events Leading to the New Meaning of the Word Cartoon.</div>
- <div class='line'>3. The History of Caricatures and Cartoons.</div>
- <div class='line'>4. Caricatures and Cartoons To-day.</div>
- <div class='line'>5. A Good Cartoon.</div>
- <div class='line'>6. A Good Cartoonist.</div>
- <div class='line'>7. Of What Benefit to the World Are Caricatures and Cartoons?</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 id='etch' class='c007'>ENGRAVINGS, ETCHINGS, PRINTS</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'>When we visit an art gallery we find pictures
-in all mediums—oil, water color, pastel, charcoal,
-pencil, pen and ink; and then farther on
-we find photographs, etchings, engravings (steel,
-copper, and wood), and lithographs.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It takes much careful study and practice
-before we can expect to recognize the medium
-or process used. Most of us recognize water
-color, oil, pencil, charcoal, and pastel work, but
-prints made from engravings, etchings, and photographic
-plates are more difficult to distinguish.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>At the time most of our famous old masters
-were painting, photography was unknown and
-the first etchings and engravings were laboriously
-done by hand and usually by the artists
-themselves. Now, the time and expense of
-hand work are so great that, although the important
-lines are still put in by hand, yet the camera
-plays an essential part in most etchings and
-engravings. Originally the artist drew direct
-on the steel, copper, or wood block, but as the
-drawing must be reversed, it required a great
-deal of skill to do this. It was only after much
-practice that the engraver could reverse his
-sketch as he drew it, and in most cases he
-either made a reversed study on paper to work
-from, or fastened his drawing opposite a mirror
-and drew from that. As soon as photography
-came into use all this was simplified, as the
-drawing was reversed in the photograph and
-much time was saved. In the case of wood
-engraving, which is the cheapest and most
-perishable, the picture is photographed directly
-upon the block of wood. The steel, copper, or
-zinc plates are often covered with some waxy
-substance and the design drawn upon them with
-fine engraver’s tools. After the drawing is
-completed there are three distinct processes of
-engraving:</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>1. The lines of the drawing are sunk below
-the surface of the plate, as in etchings and steel
-and copper-plate engravings.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>2. The background is cut away or eaten
-by acids, leaving the lines in relief as in wood
-engravings, half tones, and zinc plates.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>3. There is no relief or depression, but the
-surface is smooth, as in lithographs.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In etchings and steel and copper plates the
-surface is usually covered with a waxy substance,
-or something which resists the action
-of acid. Then it is often smoked so that it will
-be easier to see the lines of the drawing which
-are made with fine steel tools, cutting through
-the wax to the surface of the metal. It is not
-the intention to cut the metal, but merely to
-scratch through the coat of wax to expose the
-metal. Then the plate is put in acid, and each
-line is eaten into a groove varying in depth
-according to how long it is left in the acid. If
-some of the lines are not deep enough, the rest
-of the plate may be covered with the waxy substance
-and it may be put in the acid many
-times until all lines are the desired depth.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>A print is made from this plate by covering
-it with ink, allowing the ink to fill the grooves,
-and wiping the rest of the plate clean. Then
-paper is pressed upon it.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Rembrandt ranks first among etchers.
-Other well-known artists are Albrecht Dürer,
-Van Dyck, and James McNeill Whistler.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In wood engravings, half tones, and zinc
-plates the picture is either drawn or photographed
-upon the plate. Then the spaces
-between the lines are either cut away with the
-sharp steel tools of the engraver, which vary in
-shape and size, or, the lines being protected by
-the waxy substance, the surfaces between are
-eaten away by acid. Thus the original lines
-are raised higher than the rest of the plate.
-The raised lines are then inked and pressed
-against the paper. A wooden block may also
-be molded into a “metal cast” in order to
-preserve the engraving.</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 id='lith' class='c007'>LITHOGRAPHY</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'>“Lithography is the art of drawing or
-writing upon stone.” The best lithograph stone
-is found in Bavaria, and is usually cut from
-three to four inches thick, varying in size from
-six by eight inches to forty-four by sixty-four.
-The larger sizes are very rare. It is said that
-drawings may be removed and one stone used
-as many as two hundred times. Sometimes
-zinc or aluminum plates are used as a substitute.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The drawing must be reversed and should
-be drawn direct upon the stone, although
-transfer paper is sometimes used. The ink or
-crayon used is made of fatty substances, and
-when the drawing is complete the stone is
-bathed with a solution which fixes the lines
-permanently and gives them a greater attraction
-for fatty substances, such as printers’ ink.
-The spaces between the lines, however, do not
-attract the ink, so that when a roller of ink is
-passed over the stone, only the lines are affected.
-A piece of paper is then pressed upon the stones
-by the aid of the printing press, and every
-line of the drawing is reproduced.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The art of engraving on metal plates is not
-new. It is mentioned in the Bible in the
-twenty-eighth chapter of Exodus, thirty-sixth
-verse. The Israelites probably learned the art
-from the Egyptians, for they, as well as the
-Assyrians, engraved upon both stone and metal.
-Copper engravings have been found in mummy
-cases. The Egyptians do not seem to have
-thought of printing from these plates, however.
-In India and China the art dates back to remote
-times. Marco Polo describes money made in
-China by stamping it with a seal covered with
-vermilion.</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c005' />
-</div>
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 id='sugg' class='c007'>THE SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='c011'><b>Studying pictures.</b> A few days before a picture is to be
-studied, it should be placed where all members of the class can
-see it.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>As a preparation for the lessons on Illustration and Cartoons,
-pupils should be told at least a week in advance, so that
-they may save good examples to bring to class.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Most teachers seem to feel that the pupils are more interested
-in this work when it is prepared and presented by members
-of the class. Equally good results, however, are sometimes
-secured when the teacher provides the subject-matter and leads
-the discussion.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Pupils are sometimes able to bring in specimens of copper,
-steel, or zinc plates, and if a friend or a member of some pupil’s
-family is a printer, engraver, or lithographer, permission may
-be obtained for the class to visit his place of business. In that
-case, a visit would be much more beneficial than a classroom
-lesson.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Visits to an art museum, when possible, are equally instructive.
-Pupils of grammar-school age have a tendency to criticize
-pictures, or, perhaps we should say, to make remarks about
-them which often cause others to laugh. This practice soon
-grows into a habit which, unfortunately, is not confined to children
-alone, as any visit to an exhibition of paintings will show.
-I have used the following little story many times and found it
-helped to discourage this habit: The students at an art school
-in New York were taken for their first visit to the great Metropolitan
-Art Gallery. It was their first week at school, and
-they were strangers to the city, to the school, to the teacher,
-and, with but few exceptions, to each other. The afternoon
-passed all too quickly. The next day their instructor began to
-question them. What did they think of this picture? Of that?
-The first pupil gave a severe criticism of the picture mentioned,
-as did his neighbor and others in the class. Were they not
-there to study art and to learn how to tell what is wrong in
-pictures? Suddenly they were amazed to find their instructor
-laughing heartily at them.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>“There,” she said, “you have done just what beginners
-always do. You have looked only for faults, and you have
-found faults.”</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>She then tried to tell them that until they could learn to
-put themselves in the artist’s place and to see with his eyes, so
-to speak, the picture he wished to paint (which is always infinitely
-less than the picture he does paint) they could not hope to
-appreciate his picture. They were advised to study carefully
-two or three pictures which appealed to them and to leave the
-others until greater knowledge, gained through experience,
-travel, pain, or pleasure, should make it possible for them to
-understand the message of the artist.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><b>The review lesson.</b> The review lesson should cover all pictures
-and artists studied throughout the year. At this time
-other pictures available by the same artists should be on
-exhibition.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>The review work may be conducted as a contest in which
-the pictures are held up, one at a time, while the class writes
-the name of the picture and the artist on slips of paper which
-have been prepared and numbered for that purpose.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Many teachers, however, will prefer to use this time for
-composition work, although the description of pictures is often
-given as an English lesson. Pupils may write a description of
-their favorite picture. In fact, the lessons can be made to
-correlate with history, geography, English, spelling, reading, or
-nature study.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In any event the real purpose of the work is that the pupils
-shall become so familiar with the pictures that they will recognize
-them as old friends whenever and wherever they may see
-them.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>It is hoped that acquaintance with the picture and the
-interest awakened by its story will grow into a fuller appreciation
-and understanding of the artist’s work. Thus the children
-will have many happy hours and will learn to love the good,
-the true, and the beautiful in everything about them.</p>
-<p class='c011'>&nbsp;</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c000' />
-</div>
-<p class='c012'>&nbsp;</p>
-<div class='tnbox'>
-
- <ul class='ul_1 c005'>
- <li>Transcriber’s Notes:
- <ul class='ul_2'>
- <li>The Table of Contents includes “Review of Pictures and Artists Studied” but there is
- no section containing that information.
- </li>
- <li>Missing or obscured punctuation was silently corrected.
- </li>
- <li>Typographical errors were silently corrected.
- </li>
- <li>Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation were made consistent only when a predominant
- form was found in this book.
- </li>
- </ul>
- </li>
- </ul>
-
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's Stories Pictures Tell Book 8, by Flora Carpenter
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL BOOK 8 ***
-
-***** This file should be named 63278-h.htm or 63278-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/3/2/7/63278/
-
-Produced by David Garcia, Larry B. Harrison, Barry
-Abrahamsen, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
-at https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images
-made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.)
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
- </body>
- <!-- created with ppgen.py 3.57c on 2020-09-23 20:19:42 GMT -->
-</html>
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f621ce5..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/decoration.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/decoration.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 90eb1c5..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/decoration.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i001.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i001.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c662118..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i001.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i016.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i016.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a658b6d..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i016.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i029.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i029.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d550529..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i029.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i031.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i031.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ec8246..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i031.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i042.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i042.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a40d398..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i042.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i045.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i045.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f3e3270..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i045.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i050.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i050.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f0f2fe0..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i050.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i052.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i052.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 66c1393..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i052.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i056.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i056.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a111784..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i056.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i062.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i062.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b0d51c..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i062.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i078.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i078.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d9c7175..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i078.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i096.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i096.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ac69eab..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i096.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i111.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i111.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 438b856..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i111.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i114.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i114.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ad9e61b..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i114.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/i118.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/i118.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dc4de1..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/i118.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/63278-h/images/publogo.jpg b/old/63278-h/images/publogo.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index dc4c378..0000000
--- a/old/63278-h/images/publogo.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ